aristotelian
society:
London – founded, as it should, in London, by an amateur -- Grice and the
Aristotelian Society – his “Causal Theory of perception” was an invited
contribution, a ‘popularisation’ for this Society, which was founded in London
back in the day. The Aristotelian Society’s first president was S. H. Hodgson,
of Christ Church, Oxford. He was succeeded by Bernard Bosanquet.
armstrong: Grice:
“pre-colonial philosopher, from the colonies.” -- d. m. “Meaning and
communication,” on H. P. Grice -- philosopher of mind and metaphysician, and
until his retirement Challis Professor of Philosophy at Sydney, noted for his
allegiance to a physicalist account of consciousness and to a realist view of
properties conceived as universals. A Materialist Theory of the Mind 8 develops
a scientifically motivated version of the view that mental states are identical
with physical states of the central nervous system. Universals and Scientific
Realism 8 and What Is a Law of Nature? argue that a scientifically adequate
ontology must include universals in order to explain the status of natural
laws. Armstrong contends that laws must be construed as expressing relations of
necessitation between universals rather than mere regularities among
particulars. However, he is only prepared to acknowledge the existence of such
universals as are required for the purposes of scientific explanation.
Moreover, he adopts an “immanent” or “Aristotelian” as opposed to a
“transcendent” or “Platonic” realism, refusing to accept the existence of
uninstantiated universals and denying that universals somehow exist “outside”
space and time. More recently, Armstrong has integrated his scientifically
inspired physicalism and property realism within the overall framework of an
ontology of states of affairs, notably in A World of States of Affairs. Here he
advocates the truthmaker principle that every truth must be made true by some
existing state of affairs and contends that states of affairs, rather than the
universals and particulars that he regards as their constituents, are the basic
building blocks of reality. Within this ontology, which in some ways resembles
that of Vitters’s Tractatus, necessity and possibility are accommodated by
appeal to combinatorial principles. As Armstrong explains in A Combinatorial
Theory of Possibility, this approach offers an ontologically economical
alternative to the realist conception of possible worlds defended by David
Lewis.
arnauld: “Have you ever
been to Port Royale? I haven’t!” – Grice. Grice enjoyed the “Logique de
Port-Royal.” Antoine: philosopher, perhaps the most important and best-known
intellectual associated with the Jansenist community at Port-Royal, as well as
a staunch and orthodox champion of Cartesian philosophy. His theological
writings defend the Augustinian doctrine of efficacious grace, according to
which salvation is not earned by one’s own acts, but granted by the
irresistible grace of God. He also argues in favor of a strict contritionism,
whereby one’s absolution must be based on a true, heartfelt repentance, a love
of God, rather than a selfish fear of God’s punishment. These views brought him
and Port-Royal to the center of religious controversy in seventeenth-century
France, as Jansenism came to be perceived as a subversive extension of
Protestant reform. Arnauld was also constantly engaged in philosophical
disputation, and was regarded as one of the sharpest and most philosophically
acute thinkers of his time. His influence on several major philosophers of the
period resulted mainly from his penetrating criticism of their systems. In
1641, Arnauld was asked to comment on Descartes’s Meditations. The objections
he sent regarding, among other topics,
the representational nature of ideas, the circularity of Descartes’s proofs for
the existence of God, and the apparent irreconcilability of Descartes’s
conception of material substance with the Catholic doctrine of Eucharistic
transubstantiation were considered by
Descartes to be the most intelligent and serious of all. Arnauld offered his
objections in a constructive spirit, and soon became an enthusiastic defender
of Descartes’s philosophy, regarding it as beneficial both to the advancement
of human learning and to Christian piety. He insists, for example, that the
immortality of the soul is well grounded in Cartesian mind body dualism. In
1662, Arnauld composed with Pierre Nicole the Port-Royal Logic, an influential
treatise on language and reasoning. After several decades of theological
polemic, during which he fled France to the Netherlands, Arnauld resumed his
public philosophical activities with the publication in 1683 of On True and
False Ideas and in 1685 of Philosophical and Theological Reflections on the New
System of Nature and Grace. These two works, opening salvos in what would
become a long debate, constitute a detailed attack on Malebranche’s theology
and its philosophical foundations. In the first, mainly philosophical treatise,
Arnauld insists that ideas, or the mental representations that mediate human
knowledge, are nothing but acts of the mind that put us in direct cognitive and
perceptual contact with things in the world. Malebranche, as Arnauld reads him,
argues that ideas are immaterial but nonmental objects in God’s understanding
that we know and perceive instead of physical things. Thus, the debate is often
characterized as between Arnauld’s direct realism and Malebranche’s
representative theory. Such mental acts also have representational content, or
what Arnauld following Descartes calls “objective reality.” This content
explains the act’s intentionality, or directedness toward an object. Arnauld
would later argue with Pierre Bayle, who came to Malebranche’s defense, over
whether all mental phenomena have intentionality, as Arnauld believes, or, as
Bayle asserts, certain events in the soul e.g., pleasures and pains are
non-intentional. This initial critique of Malebranche’s epistemology and
philosophy of mind, however, was intended by Arnauld only as a prolegomenon to
the more important attack on his theology; in particular, on Malebranche’s
claim that God always acts by general volitions and never by particular
volitions. This view, Arnauld argues, undermines the true Catholic system of
divine providence and threatens the efficacy of God’s will by removing God from
direct governance of the world. In 1686, Arnauld also entered into discussions
with Leibniz regarding the latter’s Discourse on Metaphysics. In the ensuing
correspondence, Arnauld focuses his critique on Leibniz’s concept of substance
and on his causal theory, the preestablished harmony. In this exchange, like
the one with Malebranche, Arnauld is concerned to preserve what he takes to be
the proper way to conceive of God’s freedom and providence; although his
remarks on substance in which he objects to Leibniz’s reintroduction of
“substantial forms” is also clearly motivated by his commitment to a strict
Cartesian ontology bodies are nothing
more than extension, devoid of any spiritual element. Most of his philosophical
activity in the latter half of the century, in fact, is a vigorous defense of
Cartesianism, particularly on theological grounds e.g., demonstrating the
consistency between Cartesian metaphysics and the Catholic dogma of real
presence in the Eucharist, as it became the object of condemnation in both
Catholic and Protestant circles.
atomism: the theory,
originated by Leucippus and elaborated by Democritus, that the ultimate
realities are atoms and the void. The theory was later used by Epicurus as the
foundation for a philosophy stressing ethical concerns, Epicureanism.
arrow’s paradox – discussed by
Grice in “Conversational reason.” Also called Arrow’s impossibility theorem, a
major result in social choice theory, named for its discoverer, economist
Kenneth Arrow. It is intuitive to suppose that the preferences of individuals
in a society can be expressed formally, and then aggregated into an expression
of social preferences, a social choice function. Arrow’s paradox is that
individual preferences having certain well-behaved formalizations demonstrably
cannot be aggregated into a similarly well-behaved social choice function
satisfying four plausible formal conditions: 1 collective rationality any set of individual orderings and
alternatives must yield a social ordering; 2 Pareto optimality if all individuals prefer one ordering to
another, the social ordering must also agree; 3 non-dictatorship the social ordering must not be identical to
a particular individual’s ordering; and 4 independence of irrelevant
alternatives the social ordering depends
on no properties of the individual orderings other than the orders themselves,
and for a given set of alternatives it depends only on the orderings of those
particular alternatives. Most attempts to resolve the paradox have focused on
aspects of 1 and 4. Some argue that preferences can be rational even if they
are intransitive. Others argue that cardinal orderings, and hence,
interpersonal comparisons of preference intensity, are relevant.
ascriptum: ascriptivism, the
theory that to call an action voluntary is not to describe it as caused in a
certain way by the agent who did it, but to express a commitment to hold the
agent responsible for the action. Ascriptivism is thus a kind of noncognitivism
as applied to judgments about the voluntariness of acts. Introduced by Hart in
“Ascription of Rights and Responsibilities,” Proceedings of the Aristotelian
Society 9, ascriptivism was given its name and attacked in Geach’s
“Ascriptivism,” Philosophical Review 0. Hart recanted in the Preface to his Punishment
and Responsibility.
associatum -- associationism:
discussed by Grice as an example of a propositional complexum -- the
psychological doctrine that association is the sole or primary basis of
learning as well as of intelligent thought and behavior. Association occurs
when one type of thought, idea, or behavior follows, or is contingent upon,
another thought, idea, or behavior or external event, and the second somehow
bonds with the first. If the idea of eggs is paired with the idea of ham, then
the two ideas may become associated. Associationists argue that complex states
of mind and mental processes can be analyzed into associated elements. The
complex may be novel, but the elements are products of past associations.
Associationism often is combined with hedonism. Hedonism explains why events
associate or bond: bonds are forged by pleasant experiences. If the
pleasantness of eating eggs is combined with the pleasantness of eating ham,
then ideas of ham and eggs associate. Bonding may also be explained by various
non-hedonistic principles of association, as in Hume’s theory of the
association of ideas. One of these principles is contiguity in place or time.
Associationism contributes to the componential analysis of intelligent,
rational activity into non-intelligent, non-rational, mechanical processes.
People believe as they do, not because of rational connections among beliefs,
but because beliefs associatively bond. Thus one may think of London when
thinking of England, not because one possesses an inner logic of geographic
beliefs from which one infers that London is in England. The two thoughts may
co-occur because of contiguity or other principles. Kinds of associationism
occur in behaviorist models of classical and operant conditioning. Certain
associationist ideas, if not associationism itself, appear in connectionist
models of cognition, especially the principle that contiguities breed bonding.
Several philosophers and psychologists, including Hume, Hartley, and J. S. Mill
among philosophers and E. L. Thorndike 18749 and B. F. Skinner 490 among
psychologists, are associationists.
attenuatum – attenuated cases
of communication -- Borderline – case -- degenerate case, an expression used
more or less loosely to indicate an individual or class that falls outside of a
given background class to which it is otherwise very closely related, often in
virtue of an ordering of a more comprehensive class. A degenerate case of one
class is often a limiting case of a more comprehensive class. Rest zero
velocity is a degenerate case of motion positive velocity while being a
limiting case of velocity. The circle is a degenerate case of an equilateral
and equiangular polygon. In technical or scientific contexts, the conventional
term for the background class is often “stretched” to cover otherwise
degenerate cases. A figure composed of two intersecting lines is a degenerate
case of hyperbola in the sense of synthetic geometry, but it is a limiting case
of hyperbola in the sense of analytic geometry. The null set is a degenerate
case of set in an older sense but a limiting case of set in a modern sense. A
line segment is a degenerate case of rectangle when rectangles are ordered by
ratio of length to width, but it is not a limiting case under these conditions.
attributum: attribution
theory, a theory in social psychology concerned with how and why ordinary
people explain events. People explain by attributing causal powers to certain
events rather than others. The theory attempts to describe and clarify everyday
commonsense explanation, to identify criteria of explanatory success
presupposed by common sense, and to compare and contrast commonsense
explanation with scientific explanation. The heart of attribution theory is the
thesis that people tend to attribute causal power to factors personally
important to them, which they believe covary with alleged effects. For example,
a woman may designate sexual discrimination as the cause of her not being
promoted in a corporation. Being female is important to her and she believes that
promotion and failure covary with gender. Males get promoted; females don’t.
Causal attributions tend to preserve self-esteem, reduce cognitive dissonance,
and diminish the attributor’s personal responsibility for misdeeds. When
attributional styles or habits contribute to emotional ill-being, e.g. to
chronic, inappropriate feelings of depression or guilt, attribution theory
offers the following therapeutic recommendation: change attributions so as to
reduce emotional ill-being and increase well-being. Hence if the woman blames
herself for the failure, and if self-blame is part of her depressive
attributional style, she would be encouraged to look outside herself, perhaps
to sexual discrimination, for the explanation.
augustinus -- ugustinian
semiotics -- Augustine, Saint, known as Augustine of Hippo 354430, Christian
philosopher and church father, one of the chief sources of Christian thought in
the West; his importance for medieval and modern European philosophy is
impossible to describe briefly or ever to circumscribe. Matters are made more
difficult because Augustine wrote voluminously and dialectically as a Christian
theologian, treating philosophical topics for the most part only as they were
helpful to theology or as corrected by
it. Augustine fashioned the narrative of the Confessions 397400 out of the
events of the first half of his life. He thus supplied later biographers with
both a seductive selection of biographical detail and a compelling story of his
successive conversions from adolescent sensuality, to the image-laden religion
of the Manichaeans, to a version of Neoplatonism, and then to Christianity. The
story is an unexcelled introduction to Augustine’s views of philosophy. It
shows, for instance, that Augustine received very little formal education in
philosophy. He was trained as a rhetorician, and the only philosophical work
that he mentions among his early reading is Cicero’s lost Hortensius, an
exercise in persuasion to the study of philosophy. Again, the narrative makes
plain that Augustine finally rejected Manichaeanism because he came to see it
as bad philosophy: a set of sophistical fantasies without rational coherence or
explanatory force. More importantly, Augustine’s final conversion to
Christianity was prepared by his reading in “certain books of the Platonists”
Confessions 7.9.13. These Latin translations, which seem to have been
anthologies or manuals of philosophic teaching, taught Augustine a form of
Neoplatonism that enabled him to conceive of a cosmic hierarchy descending from
an immaterial, eternal, and intelligible God. On Augustine’s judgment,
philosophy could do no more than that; it could not give him the power to order
his own life so as to live happily and in a stable relation with the
now-discovered God. Yet in his first years as a Christian, Augustine took time
to write a number of works in philosophical genres. Best known among them are a
refutation of Academic Skepticism Contra academicos, 386, a theodicy De ordine,
386, and a dialogue on the place of human choice within the providentially
ordered hierarchy created by God De libero arbitrio, 388/39. Within the decade
of his conversion, Augustine was drafted into the priesthood 391 and then
consecrated bishop 395. The thirty-five years of his life after that consecration
were consumed by labors on behalf of the church in northern Africa and through
the Latin-speaking portions of the increasingly fragmented empire. Most of
Augustine’s episcopal writing was polemical both in origin and in form; he
composed against authors or movements he judged heretical, especially the
Donatists and Pelagians. But Augustine’s sense of his authorship also led him
to write works of fundamental theology conceived on a grand scale. The most
famous of these works, beyond the Confessions, are On the Trinity 399412, 420,
On Genesis according to the Letter 40115, and On the City of God 41326. On the
Trinity elaborates in subtle detail the distinguishable “traces” of Father,
Son, and Spirit in the created world and particularly in the human soul’s triad
of memory, intellect, and will. The commentary on Genesis 13, which is meant to
be much more than a “literal” commentary in the modern sense, treats many
topics in philosophical psychology and anthropology. It also teaches such
cosmological doctrines as the “seed-reasons” rationes seminales by which
creatures are given intelligible form. The City of God begins with a critique
of the bankruptcy of pagan civic religion and its attendant philosophies, but
it ends with the depiction of human history as a combat between forces of
self-love, conceived as a diabolic city of earth, and the graced love of God,
which founds that heavenly city within which alone peace is possible.
attributive pluralism Augustine 60 60 A
number of other, discrete doctrines have been attached to Augustine, usually
without the dialectical nuances he would have considered indispensable. One
such doctrine concerns divine “illumination” of the human intellect, i.e., some
active intervention by God in ordinary processes of human understanding.
Another doctrine typically attributed to Augustine is the inability of the
human will to do morally good actions without grace. A more authentically
Augustinian teaching is that introspection or inwardness is the way of
discovering the created hierarchies by which to ascend to God. Another
authentic teaching would be that time, which is a distension of the divine
“now,” serves as the medium or narrative structure for the creation’s return to
God. But no list of doctrines or positions, however authentic or inauthentic,
can serve as a faithful representation of Augustine’s thought, which gives
itself only through the carefully wrought rhetorical forms of his texts.
austinian: J.: discussed by
Grice in his explorations on moral versus legal right. English legal
philosopher known especially for his command theory of law. His career as a
lawyer was unsuccessful but his reputation as a scholar was such that on the
founding of , London, he was offered the
chair of jurisprudence. In 1832 he published the first ten of his lectures,
compressed into six as The Province of Jurisprudence Determined. Although he
published a few papers, and his somewhat fragmentary Lectures on Jurisprudence
1863 was published posthumously, it is on the Province that his reputation
rests. He and Bentham his friend, London neighbor, and fellow utilitarian were
the foremost English legal philosophers of their time, and their influence on
the course of legal philosophy endures. Austin held that the first task of
legal philosophy, one to which he bends most of his energy, is to make clear
what laws are, and if possible to explain why they are what they are: their
rationale. Until those matters are clear, legislative proposals and legal
arguments can never be clear, since irrelevant considerations will inevitably
creep in. The proper place for moral or theological considerations is in
discussion of what the positive law ought to be, not of what it is. Theological
considerations reduce to moral ones, since God can be assumed to be a good
utilitarian. It is positive laws, “that is to say the laws which are simply and
strictly so called, . . . which form the appropriate matter of general and
particular jurisprudence.” They must also be distinguished from “laws
metaphorical or figurative.” A law in its most general senseis “a rule laid
down for the guidance of an intelligent being by an intelligent being having
power over him.” It is a command, however phrased. It is the commands of men to
men, of political superiors, that form the body of positive law. General or
comparative jurisprudence, the source of the rationale, if any, of particular
laws, is possible because there are commands nearly universal that may be
attributed to God or Nature, but they become positive law only when laid down by
a ruler. The general model of an Austinian analytic jurisprudence built upon a
framework of definitions has been widely followed, but cogent objections,
especially by Hart, have undermined the command theory of law.
austin: Grice: “Never to be confused with David
Austin, of rosarian infame!” -- Grice referred to him as “Austin the younger,”
in opposition to “Austin the elder” – (Austin never enjoyed the joke). j. l. H.
P. Grice, “The Austinian Code.” English philosopher, a leading exponent of
postwar “linguistic” philosophy. Educated primarily as a classicist at
Shrewsbury and Balliol , Oxford, he taught philosophy at Magdalen . During
World War II he served at a high level in military intelligence, which earned
him the O.B.E., Croix de Guerre, and Legion of Merit. In 2 he became White’s
Professor of Moral Philosophy at Oxford, and in 5 and 8 he held visiting
appointments at Harvard and Berkeley, respectively. In his relatively brief
career, Austin published only a few invited papers; his influence was exerted
mainly through discussion with his colleagues, whom he dominated more by
critical intelligence than by any preconceived view of what philosophy should
be. Unlike some others, Austin did not believe that philosophical problems all
arise out of aberrations from “ordinary language,” nor did he necessarily find
solutions there; he dwelt, rather, on the authority of the vernacular as a
source of nice and pregnant distinctions, and held that it deserves much closer
attention than it commonly receives from philosophers. It is useless, he
thought, to pontificate at large about knowledge, reality, or existence, for
example, without first examining in detail how, and when, the words ‘know’,
‘real’, and ‘exist’ are employed in daily life. In Sense and Sensibilia 2;
compiled from lecture notes, the sense-datum theory comes under withering fire
for its failings in this respect. Austin also provoked controversy with his
well-known distinction between “performative” and “constative” utterances ‘I
promise’ makes a promise, whereas ‘he promised’ merely reports one; he later
recast this as a threefold differentiation of locutionary, illocutionary, and
perlocutionary “forces” in utterance, corresponding roughly to the meaning,
intention, and consequences of saying a thing, in one context or another.
Though never very stable or fully worked out, these ideas have since found a
place in the still-evolving study of speech acts.
austinian code, The: The jocular
way by Grice to refer to ‘The Master,’ whom he saw wobble on more than one
occasion. Grice has mixed feelings (“or fixed meelings, if you prefer”) about
Austin. Unlike Austin, Grice is a Midlands scholarship boy, and ends up in
Corpus. One outcome of this, as he later reminisced is that Austin never cared
to invite him to the Thursday-evenings at All Souls – “which was alright, I
suppose, in that the number was appropriately restricted to seven.” But Grice
confessed that he thought it was because “he had been born on the wrong side of
the tracks.” After the war, Grice would join what Grice, in fun, called “the
Playgroup,” which was anything BUT. Austin played the School Master, and let
the kindergarten relax in the sun! One reason Grice avoided publication was the
idea that Austin would criticise him. Austin never cared to recognise Grice’s
“Personal Identity,” or less so, “Meaning.” He never mentioned his
“Metaphysics” third programme lecture – but Austin never made it to the
programme. Grice socialized very well with who will be Austin’s custodians, in
alphabetical order, Urmson and Warnock – “two charmers.” Unlike Austin, Urmson
and Warnock were the type of person Austin would philosophise with – and he
would spend hours talking about visa with Warnock. Upon Austin’s demise, Grice
kept with the ‘play group’, which really became one! Grice makes immense
references to Austin. Austin fits Grice to a T, because of the ‘mistakes’ he
engages in. So, it is fair to say that Grice’s motivation for the coinage of implicaturum
was Austin (“He would too often ignore the distinction between what a
‘communicator’ communicates and what his expression, if anything, does.”). So
Grice attempts an intention-based account of the communicator’s message. Within
this message, there is ONE aspect that can usually be regarded as being of
‘philosophical interest.’ The ‘unnecessary implicaturum’ is bound to be taken
Austin as part of the ‘philosophical interesting’ bit when it isn’t. So Grice
is criticizing Austin for providing the wrong analysis for the wrong
analysandum. Grice refers specifically to the essays in “Philosophical Papers,”
notably “Other Minds” and “A Plea for Excuses.” But he makes a passing
reference to “Sense and Sensibilia,” whose tone Grice dislikes, and makes a
borrowing or two from the ‘illocution,’ never calling it by that name. At most,
Grice would adapt Austin’s use of ‘act.’ But his rephrase is ‘conversational
move.’ So Grice would say that by making a conversational ‘move,’ the
conversationalist may be communicating TWO things. He spent some type finding a
way to conceptualise this. He later came with the metaphor of the FIRST-FLOOR
act, the MEZZANINE act, and the SECOND-FLOOR act. This applies to Fregeianisms
like ‘aber,’ but it may well apply to Austinian-code type of utterances.
austinianism: Grice felt sorry
for Nowell-Smith, whom he calls the ‘straight-man’ for the comedy double act
with Austin at the Play Groups. “I would say ‘on principle’” – “I would say,
‘no, thanks.” “I don’t understand Donne.” “It’s perfectly clear to me.” By
using Nowell-Sith, Grice is implicating that Austin had little manners in the
‘play group,’ “And I wasn’t surprised when Nowell-Smith left Oxford for good,
almost.” Not quite, of course. After some time in the extremely fashionable
Canterbury, Nowell-Smith returns to Oxford. Vide: nowell-smithianism.
autarkia: Grecian for
‘self-sufficiency,’ from ‘auto-‘, self, and ‘arkhe,’ principium. Autarkia was
widely regarded as a mark of the human good, happiness eudaimonia. A life is
self-sufficient when it is worthy of choice and lacks nothing. What makes a
life self-sufficient and thereby
happy was a matter of controversy.
Stoics maintained that the mere possession of virtue would suffice; Aristotle
and the Peripatetics insisted that virtue must be exercised and even, perhaps,
accompanied by material goods. There was also a debate among later Grecian
thinkers over whether a self-sufficient life is solitary or whether only life
in a community can be self-sufficient.
avenarius, R. philosopher:
an influence on Ayer, who thinks he is following British empiricism! Avenarius
was born in Paris and educated at the of
Leipzig. He became a professor at Leipzig and succeeded Windelband at the of Zürich in 1877. For a time he was editor
of the Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie. His earliest work was
Über die beiden ersten Phasen des Spinozischen Pantheismus 1868. His major
work, Kritik der reinen Erfahrung Critique of Pure Experience, 2 vols., 890,
was followed by his last study, Der menschliche Weltbegriffe 1. In his
post-Kantian Kritik Avenarius presented a radical positivism that sought to
base philosophy on scientific principles. This “empirio-criticism” emphasized
“pure experience” and descriptive and general definitions of experience.
Metaphysical claims to transcend experience were rejected as mere creations of
the mind. Like Hume, Avenarius denied the ontological validity of substance and
causality. Seeking a scientific empiricism, he endeavored to delineate a
descriptive determination of the form and content of pure experience. He thought
that the subject-object dichotomy, the separation of inner and outer
experiences, falsified reality. If we could avoid “introjecting” feeling,
thought, and will into experience and thereby splitting it into subject and
object, we could attain the original “natural” view of the world. Although
Avenarius, in his Critique of Pure Experience, thought that changes in brain
states parallel states of consciousness, he did not reduce sensations or states
of consciousness to physiological changes in the brain. Because his theory of
pure experience undermined dogmatic materialism, Lenin attacked his philosophy
in Materialism and Empirio-Criticism 2. His epistemology influenced Mach and
his emphasis upon pure experience had considerable influence on James.
awareness: an Anglo-Saxon,
“sort of,” term Grice liked – for Grice, awareness means the doxastic attitude
prefixed to any other state -- consciousness, a central feature of our lives
that is notoriously difficult to characterize. You experience goings-on in the
world, and, turning inward “introspecting”, you experience your experiencing.
Objects of awareness can be external or internal. Pressing your finger on the
edge of a table, you can be aware of the table’s edge, and aware of the feeling
of pressure though perhaps not simultaneously. Philosophers from Locke to Nagel
have insisted that our experiences have distinctive qualities: there is
“something it is like” to have them. It would seem important, then, to
distinguish qualities of objects of which you are aware from qualities of your
awareness. Suppose you are aware of a round, red tomato. The tomato, but not
your awareness, is round and red. What then are the qualities of your
awareness? Here we encounter a deep puzzle that divides theorists into
intransigent camps. Some materialists, like Dennett, insist that awareness
lacks qualities or lacks qualities distinct from its objects: the qualities we
attribute to experiences are really those of experienced objects. This opens
the way to a dismissal of “phenomenal” qualities qualia, qualities that seem to
have no place in the material world. Others T. Nagel, Ned Block regard such
qualities as patently genuine, preferring to dismiss any theory unable to
accommodate them. Convinced that the qualities of awareness are ineliminable
and irreducible to respectable material properties, some philosophers,
following Frank Jackson, contend they are “epiphenomenal”: real but causally
inefficacious. Still others, including Searle, point to what they regard as a
fundamental distinction between the “intrinsically subjective” character of
awareness and the “objective,” “public” character of material objects, but deny
that this yields epiphenomenalism.
axioma – Porphyry
translated this as ‘principium,’ but Grice was not too happy about it! Referred
to by Grice in his portrayal of the formalists in their account of an ‘ideal’
language. He is thinking Peano, Whitehead, and Russell. – the axiomatic method,
originally, a method for reorganizing the accepted propositions and concepts of
an existent science in order to increase certainty in the propositions and
clarity in the concepts. Application of this method was thought to require the
identification of 1 the “universe of discourse” domain, genus of entities
constituting the primary subject matter of the science, 2 the “primitive
concepts” that can be grasped immediately without the use of definition, 3 the
“primitive propositions” or “axioms”, whose truth is knowable immediately,
without the use of deduction, 4 an immediately acceptable “primitive
definition” in terms of primitive concepts for each non-primitive concept, and
5 a deduction constructed by chaining immediate, logically cogent inferences
ultimately from primitive propositions and definitions for each nonprimitive
accepted proposition. Prominent proponents of more or less modernized versions
of the axiomatic method, e.g. Pascal, Nicod 34, and Tarski, emphasizing the
critical and regulatory function of the axiomatic method, explicitly open the
possibility that axiomatization of an existent, preaxiomatic science may lead
to rejection or modification of propositions, concepts, and argumentations that
had previously been accepted. In many cases attempts to realize the ideal of an
axiomatic science have resulted in discovery of “smuggled premises” and other
previously unnoted presuppositions, leading in turn to recognition of the need
for new axioms. Modern axiomatizations of geometry are much richer in detail
than those produced in ancient Greece. The earliest extant axiomatic text is
based on an axiomatization of geometry due to Euclid fl. 300 B.C., which itself
was based on earlier, nolonger-extant texts. Archimedes 287212 B.C. was one of
the earliest of a succession of postEuclidean geometers, including Hilbert,
Oswald Veblen 00, and Tarski, to propose modifications of axiomatizations of
classical geometry. The traditional axiomatic method, often called the
geometric method, made several presuppositions no longer widely accepted. The
advent of non-Euclidean geometry was particularly important in this connection.
For some workers, the goal of reorganizing an existent science was joined to or
replaced by a new goal: characterizing or giving implicit definition to the
structure of the subject matter of the science. Moreover, subsequent innovations
in logic and foundations of mathematics, especially development of
syntactically precise formalized languages and effective systems of formal
deductions, have substantially increased the degree of rigor attainable. In
particular, critical axiomatic exposition of a body of scientific knowledge is
now not thought to be fully adequate, however successful it may be in realizing
the goals of the original axiomatic method, so long as it does not present the
underlying logic including language, semantics, and deduction system. For these
and other reasons the expression ‘axiomatic method’ has undergone many
“redefinitions,” some of which have only the most tenuous connection with the
original meaning. The term ‘axiom’ has
been associated to different items by philosophers. There’s the axiom of
comprehension, also called axiom of abstraction, the axiom that for every
property, there is a corresponding set of things having that property; i.e., f
DA x x 1 A È f x, where f is a property and A is a set. The axiom was used in
Frege’s formulation of set theory and is the axiom that yields Russell’s
paradox, discovered in 1. If fx is instantiated as x 2 x, then the result that
A 1 A È A 2 A is easily obtained, which yields, in classical logic, the
explicit contradiction A 1 A & A 2 A. The paradox can be avoided by
modifying the comprehension axiom and using instead the separation axiom, f DA
x x 1 A Èfx & x 1 B. This yields only the result that A 1 A ÈA 2 A & A
1 B, which is not a contradiction. The paradox can also be avoided by retaining
the comprehension axiom but restricting the symbolic language, so that ‘x 1 x’
is not a meaningful formula. Russell’s type theory, presented in Principia Mathematica,
uses this approach. Then there’s the axiom
of consistency, an axiom stating that a given set of sentences is consistent.
Let L be a formal language, D a deductive system for L, S any set of sentences
of L, and C the statement ‘S is consistent’ i.e., ‘No contradiction is
derivable from S via D’. For certain sets S e.g., the theorems of D it is
interesting to ask: Can C be expressed in L? If so, can C be proved in D? If C
can be expressed in L but not proved in D, can C be added consistently to D as
a new axiom? Example from Gödel: Let L and D be adequate for elementary number
theory, and S be the axioms of D; then C can be expressed in L but not proved
in D, but can be added as a new axiom to form a stronger system D’. Sometimes
we can express in L an axiom of consistency in the semantic sense i.e., ‘There
is a universe in which all the sentences in S are true’. Trivial example:
suppose the only non-logical axiom in D is ‘For any two sets B and B’, there
exists the union of B and B’ ’. Then C might be ‘There is a set U such that,
for any sets B and B’ in U, there exists in U the union of B and B’ ’.
ayerianism: Grice: “One of the most memorable pieces of
Ayer’s philosophical depth is his ‘Saturday is in bed.’ It was so popular at
Oxford that Ryle, Ayer’s tutor, felt he could use it without credit!’ -- a. j.
, philosopher of Swiss ancestry, one of the most important of the Oxford
logical positivists. He continued to occupy a dominant place in analytic
philosophy as he gradually modified his adherence to central tenets of the
view. He was educated at Eton and Oxford, and, after a brief period at the of Vienna, became a lecturer in philosophy at
Christ Church in 3. After the war he returned to Oxford as fellow and dean of
Wadham . He was Grote Professor of the Philosophy of Mind and Logic at the of London 659, Wykeham Professor of Logic in
the of Oxford and a fellow of New 978, and a fellow of Wolfson , Oxford 883.
Ayer was knighted in 3 and was a Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur. His early work
clearly and forcefully developed the implications of the positivists’ doctrines
that all cognitive statements are either analytic and a priori, or synthetic,
contingent, and a posteriori, and that empirically meaningful statements must
be verifiable must admit of confirmation or disconfirmation. In doing so he
defended reductionist analyses of the self, the external world, and other
minds. Value statements that fail the empiricist’s criterion of meaning but
defy naturalistic analysis were denied truth-value and assigned emotive
meaning. Throughout his writings he maintained a foundationalist perspective in
epistemology in which sense-data later more neutrally described occupied not
only a privileged epistemic position but constituted the subject matter of the
most basic statements to be used in reductive analyses. Although in later works
he significantly modified many of his early views and abandoned much of their
strict reductionism, he remained faithful to an empiricist’s version of
foundationalism and the basic idea behind the verifiability criterion of
meaning. His books include Language, Truth and Logic; The Foundations of
Empirical Knowledge; The Problems of Knowledge; Philosophical Essays; The
Concept of a Person; The Origins of Pragmatism; Metaphysics and Common Sense;
Russell and Moore: The Analytical Heritage; The Central Questions of
Philosophy; Probability and Evidence; Philosophy in the Twentieth Century;
Russell; Hume; Freedom and Morality, Ludwig Vitters; and Voltaire. Born of
Swiss parentage in London, “Freddie” got an Oxford educated, and though he
wanted to be a judge, he read Lit. Hum (Phil.). He spent three months in
Vienna, and when he returned, Grice called him ‘enfant terrible.’ Ayer would
later cite Grice in the Aristotelian symposium on the Causal Theory of
Perception. But the type of subtlety in conversational implicaturum that Grice
is interested goes over Freddie’s head. (“That,” or he was not interested.”
Grice was glad that Oxford was ready to attack Ayer on philosophical grounds,
and he later lists Positivism as a ‘monster’ on his way to the City of Eternal
Truth. “Verificationism” was anti-Oxonian, in being mainly anti-Bradleyian, who
is recognised by every Oxonian philosopher as “one of the clearest and subtlest
prosists in English, and particularly Oxonian, philosophy.” Ayer later became
the logic professor at Oxford – which is now taught no longer at the
Sub-Faculty of Philosophy, but the Department of Mathematics!
babbage: discussed by
Grice in his functionalist approach to philosophical psychology. English
applied mathematician, inventor, and expert on machinery and manufacturing. His
chief interest was in developing mechanical “engines” to compute tables of
functions. Until the invention of the electronic computer, printed tables of
functions were important aids to calculation. Babbage invented the difference
engine, a machine that consisted of a series of accumulators each of which, in
turn, transmitted its contents to its successor, which added to them to its own
contents. He built only a model, but George and Edvard Scheutz built difference
engines that were actually used. Though tables of squares and cubes could be
calculated by a difference engine, the more commonly used tables of logarithms
and of trigonometric functions could not. To calculate these and other useful
functions, Babbage conceived of the analytical engine, a machine for numerical
analysis. The analytical engine was to have a store memory and a mill
arithmetic unit. The store was to hold decimal numbers on toothed wheels, and
to transmit them to the mill and back by means of wheels and toothed bars. The
mill was to carry out the arithmetic operations of addition, subtraction,
multiplication, and division mechanically, greatly extending the technology of
small calculators. The operations of the mill were to be governed by pegged
drums, derived from the music box. A desired sequence of operations would be
punched on cards, which would be strung together like the cards of a Jacquard
loom and read by the machine. The control mechanisms could branch and execute a
different sequence of cards when a designated quantity changed sign. Numbers
would be entered from punched cards and the answers punched on cards. The
answers might also be imprinted on metal sheets from which the calculated
tables would be printed, thus avoiding the errors of proofreading. Although
Babbage formulated various partial plans for the analytical engine and built a
few pieces of it, the machine was never realized. Given the limitations of
mechanical computing technology, building an analytical engine would probably
not have been an economical way to produce numerical tables. The modern
electronic computer was invented and developed completely independently of
Babbage’s pioneering work. Yet because of it, Babbage’s work has been
publicized and he has become famous.
bachelard: g., philosopher
of applied rationalism, enjoyed by Grice. philosopher of science and literary
analyst. His philosophy of science developed, e.g., in The New Scientific
Spirit, 4, and Rational Materialism, 3 began from reflections on the
relativistic and quantum revolutions in twentieth-century physics. Bachelard
viewed science as developing through a series of discontinuous changes
epistemological breaks. Such breaks overcome epistemological obstacles:
methodological and conceptual features of commonsense or outdated science that
block the path of inquiry. Bachelard’s emphasis on the discontinuity of
scientific change strikingly anticipated Thomas Kuhn’s focus, many years later,
on revolutionary paradigm change. However, unlike Kuhn, Bachelard held to a
strong notion of scientific progress across revolutionary discontinuities.
Although each scientific framework rejects its predecessors as fundamentally
erroneous, earlier frameworks may embody permanent achievements that will be
preserved as special cases within subsequent frameworks. Newton’s laws of
motion, e.g., are special limit-cases of relativity theory. Bachelard based his
philosophy of science on a “non-Cartesian epistemology” that rejects
Descartes’s claim that knowledge must be founded on incorrigible intuitions of
first truths. All knowledge claims are subject to revision in the light of
further evidence. Similarly, he rejected a naive realism that defines reality
in terms of givens of ordinary sense experience and ignores the ontological
constructions of scientific concepts and instrumentation. He maintained,
however, that denying this sort of realism did not entail accepting idealism,
which makes only the mental ultimately real. Instead he argued for an “applied
rationalism,” which recognizes the active role of reason in constituting
objects of knowledge while admitting that any constituting act of reason must
be directed toward an antecedently given object. Although Bachelard denied the
objective reality of the perceptual and imaginative worlds, he emphasized their
subjective and poetic significance. Complementing his writings on science are a
series of books on imagination and poetic imagery e.g., The Psychoanalysis of
Fire, 8; The Poetics of Space, 7 which subtly unpack the meaning of archetypal
in Jung’s sense images. He put forward a “law of the four elements,” according
to which all images can be related to the earth, air, fire, and water posited
by Empedocles as the fundamental forms of matter. Together with Georges
Canguilhem, his successor at the Sorbonne, Bachelard had an immense impact on
several generations of students of
philosophy. He and Canguilhem offered an important alternative to the more
fashionable and widely known phenomenology and existentialism and were major
influences on among others Althusser and Foucault.
baconian – “You can tell
when a contitnental philosopher knows about insular philosopher when they can
tell one bacon from the other.” – H. P. Grice. Francis: English philosopher,
essayist, and scientific methodologist. In politics Bacon rose to the position
of lord chancellor. In 1621 he retired to private life after conviction for
taking bribes in his official capacity as judge. Bacon championed the new
empiricism resulting from the achievements of early modern science. He opposed
alleged knowledge based on appeals to authority, and on the barrenness of
Scholasticism. He thought that what is needed is a new attitude and methodology
based strictly on scientific practices. The goal of acquiring knowledge is the
good of mankind: knowledge is power. The social order that should result from
applied science is portrayed in his New Atlantis1627. The method of induction
to be employed is worked out in detail in his Novum Organum 1620. This new
logic is to replace that of Aristotle’s syllogism, as well as induction by
simple enumeration of instances. Neither of these older logics can produce
knowledge of actual natural laws. Bacon thought that we must intervene in
nature, manipulating it by means of experimental control leading to the
invention of new technology. There are well-known hindrances to acquisition of
knowledge of causal laws. Such hindrances false opinions, prejudices, which
“anticipate” nature rather than explain it, Bacon calls idols idola. Idols of
the tribe idola tribus are natural mental tendencies, among which are the idle
search for purposes in nature, and the impulse to read our own desires and
needs into nature. Idols of the cave idola specus are predispositions of
particular individuals. The individual is inclined to form opinions based on
idiosyncrasies of education, social intercourse, reading, and favored
authorities. Idols of the marketplace idola fori Bacon regards as the most
potentially dangerous of all dispositions, because they arise from common uses
of language that often result in verbal disputes. Many words, though thought to
be meaningful, stand for nonexistent things; others, although they name actual
things, are poorly defined or used in confused ways. Idols of the theater idola
theatri depend upon the influence of received theories. The only authority
possessed by such theories is that they are ingenious verbal constructions. The
aim of acquiring genuine knowledge does not depend on superior skill in the use
of words, but rather on the discovery of natural laws. Once the idols are
eliminated, the mind is free to seek knowledge of natural laws based on
experimentation. Bacon held that nothing exists in nature except bodies
material objects acting in conformity with fixed laws. These laws are “forms.”
For example, Bacon thought that the form or cause of heat is the motion of the
tiny particles making up a body. This form is that on which the existence of
heat depends. What induction seeks to show is that certain laws are perfectly
general, universal in application. In every case of heat, there is a measurable
change in the motion of the particles constituting the moving body. Bacon
thought that scientific induction proceeds as follows. First, we look for those
cases where, given certain changes, certain others invariably follow. In his
example, if certain changes in the form motion of particles take place, heat
always follows. We seek to find all of the “positive instances” of the form
that give rise to the effect of that form. Next, we investigate the “negative
instances,” cases where in the absence of the form, the qualitative change does
not take place. In the operation of these methods it is important to try to
produce experimentally “prerogative instances,” particularly striking or
typical examples of the phenomenon under investigation. Finally, in cases where
the object under study is present to some greater or lesser degree, we must be
able to take into account why these changes occur. In the example, quantitative
changes in degrees of heat will be correlated to quantitative changes in the
speed of the motion of the particles. This method implies that backward
causation Bacon, Francis 68 68 in many
cases we can invent instruments to measure changes in degree. Such inventions
are of course the hoped-for outcome of scientific inquiry, because their
possession improves the lot of human beings. Bacon’s strikingly modern but not
entirely novel empiricist methodology influenced nineteenth-century figures
e.g., Sir John Herschel and J. S. Mill who generalized his results and used
them as the basis for displaying new insights into scientific methodology.
baconian: “You can tell
when a continental philosopher knows the first thing about insular philosophy
when they can tell one bacon from the other” – H. P. Grice. R., English
philosopher who earned the honorific title of Doctor Mirabilis. He was one of
the first medievals in the Latin West to lecture and comment on newly recovered
work by Aristotle in natural philosophy, physics, and metaphysics. Born in
Somerset and educated at both Oxford and
the of Paris, he became by 1273 a master
of arts at Paris, where he taught for about ten years. In 1247 he resigned his
teaching post to devote his energies to investigating and promoting topics he
considered neglected but important insofar as they would lead to knowledge of
God. The English “experimentalist” Grosseteste, the man Peter of Maricourt, who
did pioneering work on magnetism, and the author of the pseudo-Aristotelian
Secretum secretorum influenced Roger’s new perspective. By 1257, however,
partly from fatigue, Roger had put this work aside and entered the Franciscan
order in England. To his dismay, he did not receive within the order the
respect and freedom to write and teach he had expected. During the early 1260s
Roger’s views about reforming the
curriculum reached Cardinal Guy le Gos de Foulques, who, upon becoming
Pope Clement IV in 1265, demanded to see Roger’s writings. In response, Roger
produced the Opus maius 1267 an
encyclopedic work that argues, among other things, that 1 the study of Hebrew
and Grecian is indispensable for understanding the Bible, 2 the study of
mathematics encompassing geometry, astronomy, and astrology is, with
experimentation, the key to all the sciences and instrumental in theology, and
3 philosophy can serve theology by helping in the conversion of non-believers.
Roger believed that although the Bible is the basis for human knowledge, we can
use reason in the service of knowledge. It is not that rational argument can, on
his view, provide fullblown proof of anything, but rather that with the aid of
reason one can formulate hypotheses about nature that can be confirmed by
experience. According to Roger, knowledge arrived at in this way will lead to
knowledge of nature’s creator. All philosophical, scientific, and linguistic
endeavors are valuable ultimately for the service they can render to theology.
Roger summarizes and develops his views on these matters in the Opus minus and
the Opus tertium, produced within a year of the Opus maius. Roger was
altogether serious in advocating curricular change. He took every opportunity
to rail against many of his celebrated contemporaries e.g., Alexander of Hales,
Bonaventure, Albertus Magnus, and Aquinas for not being properly trained in
philosophy and for contributing to the demise of theology by lecturing on Peter
Lombard’s Sentences instead of the Bible. He also wrote both Grecian and Hebrew
grammars, did important work in optics, and argued for calendar reform on the
basis of his admittedly derivative astronomical research. One should not,
however, think that Roger was a good mathematician or natural scientist. He
apparently never produced a single theorem or proof in mathematics, he was not
always a good judge of astronomical competence he preferred al-Bitruji to
Ptolemy, and he held alchemy in high regard, believing that base metals could
be turned into silver and gold. Some have gone so far as to claim that Roger’s
renown in the history of science is vastly overrated, based in part on his
being confusedly linked with the fourteenthcentury Oxford Calculators, who do
deserve credit for paving the way for certain developments in
seventeenth-century science. Roger’s devotion to curricular reform eventually
led to his imprisonment by Jerome of Ascoli the future Pope Nicholas IV,
probably between 1277 and 1279. Roger’s teachings were said to have contained
“suspect novelties.” Judging from the date of his imprisonment, these novelties
may have been any number of propositions condemned by the bishop of Paris,
Étienne Tempier, in 1277. But his imprisonment may also have had something to
do with the anger he undoubtedly provoked by constantly abusing the members of
his order regarding their approach to education, or with his controversial Joachimite
views about the apocalypse and the imminent coming of the Antichrist. Given
Roger’s interest in educational reform and his knack for systematization, it is
not unlikely that he was abreast of and had something to say about most of the
central philosophical issues of the day. If so, his writings could be an
important source of information about thirteenth-century Scholastic philosophy
generally. In this connection, recent investigations have revealed, e.g., that
he may well have played an important role in the development of logic and
philosophy of language during the thirteenth and early fourteenth centuries. In
the course of challenging the views of certain people some of whom have been
tentatively identified as Richard of Cornwall, Lambert of Auxerre, Siger of
Brabant, Henry of Ghent, Boethius of Dacia, William Sherwood, and the Magister
Abstractionum on the nature of signs and how words function as signs, Roger
develops and defends views that appear to be original. The pertinent texts
include the Sumule dialectices c.1250, the De signis part of Part III of the
Opus maius, and the Compendium studii theologiae 1292. E.g., in connection with
the question whether Jesus could be called a man during the three-day
entombment and, thus, in connection with the related question whether man can
be said to be animal when no man exists, and with the sophism ‘This is a dead
man, therefore this is a man’, Roger was not content to distinguish words from
all other signs as had been the tradition. He distinguished between signs
originating from nature and from the soul, and between natural signification
and conventional ad placitum signification which results expressly or tacitly
from the imposition of meaning by one or more individuals. He maintained that
words signify existing and non-existing entities only equivocally, because
words conventionally signify only presently existing things. On this view,
therefore, ‘man’ is not used univocally when applied to an existing man and to
a dead man.
bona fides: vs. mala fides: dishonest
and blameworthy instances of self-deception; 2 inauthentic and self-deceptive
refusal to admit to ourselves and others our full freedom, thereby avoiding
anxiety in making decisions and evading responsibility for actions and
attitudes Sartre, Being and Nothingness, 3; 3 hypocrisy or dishonesty in speech
and conduct, as in making a promise without intending to keep it. One
self-deceiving strategy identified by Sartre is to embrace other people’s views
in order to avoid having to form one’s own; another is to disregard options so
that one’s life appears predetermined to move in a fixed direction.
Occasionally Sartre used a narrower, fourth sense: self-deceptive beliefs held
on the basis of insincere and unreasonable interpretations of evidence, as contrasted
with the dishonesty of “sincerely” acknowledging one truth “I am disposed to be
a thief” in order to deny a deeper truth “I am free to change”.
bain: a., philosopher
and reformer, biographer of James Mill 2 and J. S. Mill 2 and founder of the
first psychological journal, Mind 1876, to which Grice submitted his “Personal
identity.” In the development of psychology, Bain represents in England
alongside Continental thinkers such as Taine and Lotze the final step toward
the founding of psychology as a science. His significance stems from his wish
to “unite psychology and physiology,” fulfilled in The Senses and the Intellect
1855 and The Emotions and the Will 1859, abridged in one volume, Mental and
Moral Science 1868. Neither Bain’s psychology nor his physiology were
particularly original. His psychology came from English empiricism and
associationism, his physiology from Johannes Muller’s 180158 Elements of
Physiology 1842. Muller was an early advocate of the reflex, or sensorimotor,
conception of the nervous system, holding that neurons conduct sensory
information to the brain or motor commands from the brain, the brain connecting
sensation with appropriate motor response. Like Hartley before him, Bain
grounded the laws of mental association in the laws of neural connection. In
opposition to faculty psychology, Bain rejected the existence of mental powers
located in different parts of the brain On the Study of Character, 1861. By
combining associationism with modern physiology, he virtually completed the
movement of philosophical psychology toward science. In philosophy, his most
important concept was his analysis of belief as “a preparation to act.” By thus
entwining conception and action, he laid the foundation for pragmatism, and for
the focus on adaptive behavior central to modern psychology.
banez: philosopher known
for his disputes with Molina concerning divine grace, or grice. Against Molina
he held physical predetermination, the view that God physically determines the
secondary causes of human action. This renders grace intrinsically efficacious
and independent of human will and merits. He is also known for his
understanding of the centrality of the act of existence esse in Thomistic
metaphysics. Bañez’s most important works are his commentaries on Aquinas’s
Summa theologiae and Aristotle’s On Generation and Corruption.
barthesian: semiotic: r. post-structuralist literary critic and
essayist. Born in Cherbourg, he suffered from numerous ailments as a child and
spent much of his early life as a semiinvalid. After leaving the military, he
took up several positions teaching subjects like classics, grammar, and
philology. His interest in linguistics finally drew him to literature, and by
the mid-0s he had already published what would become a classic in structural
analysis, The Elements of Semiology. Its principal message is that words are
merely one kind of sign whose meaning lies in relations of difference between
them. This concept was later amended to include the reading subject, and the structuring
effect that the subject has on the literary work a concept expressed later in his S/Z and The
Pleasure of the Text. Barthes’s most mature contributions to the
post-structuralist movement were brilliant and witty interpretations of visual,
tactile, and aural sign systems, culminating in the publication of several
books and essays on photography, advertising, film, and cuisine.
bite off more than
you can chew:
To bite is the function of the FRONT teeth (incisors and
canines); the back teeth (molars) CHEW, crush, or grind. So the relation is Russellian. 1916 G. B. Shaw Pygmalion 195 The mistake we describe metaphorically as
‘biting off more than they can chew’. a1960 J.
L. Austin Sense & Sensibilia (1962) i. 1 They [sc. doctrines] all bite off more than they can chew. While the NED would not DARE define this obviousness,
the OED does not. to undertake too
much, to be too ambitious – “irrational” simpliciter for Grice (WoW).
basilides: philosopher, he
improved on Valentinus’s doctrine of emanations, positing 365 the number of
days in a year levels of existence in the Pleroma the fullness of the Godhead,
all descending from the ineffable Father. He taught that the rival God was the
God of the Jews the God of the Old Testament, who created the material world.
Redemption consists in the coming of the first begotten of the Father, Noûs
Mind, in human form in order to release the spiritual element imprisoned within
human bodies. Like other gnostics he taught that we are saved by knowledge, not
faith. He apparently held to the idea of reincarnation before the restoration
of all things to the Pleroma.
basis: basing relation,
also called basis relation, the relation between a belief or item of knowledge
and a second belief or item of knowledge when the latter is the ground basis of
the first. It is clear that some knowledge is indirect, i.e., had or gained on
the basis of some evidence, as opposed to direct knowledge, which assuming
there is any is not so gained, or based. The same holds for justified belief.
In one broad sense of the term, the basing relation is just the one connecting
indirect knowledge or indirectly justified belief to the evidence: to give an
account of either of the latter is to give an account of the basing relation.
There is a narrower view of the basing relation, perhaps implicit in the first.
A person knows some proposition P on the basis of evidence or reasons only if
her belief that P is based on the evidence or reasons, or perhaps on the
possession of the evidence or reasons. The narrow basing relation is indicated
by this question: where a belief that P constitutes indirect knowledge or
justification, what is it for that belief to be based on the evidence or
reasons that support the knowledge or justification? The most widely favored
view is that the relevant belief is based on evidence or reasons only if the
belief is causally related to the belief or reasons. Proponents of this causal
view differ concerning what, beyond this causal relationship, is needed by an
account of the narrow basing relation.
batailleian
communicatum:
g., philosopher and novelist with enormous influence on post-structuralist
thought. By locating value in expenditure as opposed to accumulation, Bataille
inaugurates the era of the death of the subject. He insists that individuals
must transgress the limits imposed by subjectivity to escape isolation and
communicate. Bataille’s prewar philosophical contributions consist mainly of
short essays, the most significant of which have been collected in Visions of
Excess. These essays introduce the central idea that base matter disrupts
rational subjectivity by attesting to the continuity in which individuals lose
themselves. Inner Experience, Bataille’s first lengthy philosophical treatise,
was followed by Guilty 4 and On Nietzsche 5. Together, these three works
constitute Bataille’s Summa Atheologica, which explores the play of the
isolation and the dissolution of beings in terms of the experience of excess
laughter, tears, eroticism, death, sacrifice, poetry. The Accursed Share 9,
which he considered his most important work, is his most systematic account of
the social and economic implications of expenditure. In Erotism 7 and The Tears
of Eros 1, he focuses on the excesses of sex and death. Throughout his life,
Bataille was concerned with the question of value. He located it in the excess
that lacerates individuals and opens channels of communication.
bath: Grice never
referred to William of Occam as “William” (“that would be rude”). Similarlly,
his Adelard of Bath is referred to as “Bath.” (“Sometimes I wish people would
refer to me as “Harborne” but that was the day!”). “Of course, it is amusing to
refer to adelard as “Bath” since he was only there for twelve years! But surely
to call him “Oxford” would be supernumerary!”. Grice found inspiration on
Adelard’s “On the same and the different,” and he was pleased that he had been
educated not far from Bath, at Clifton! Adelard is Benedictine monk notable for
his contributions to the introduction of Arabic science in the West. After
studying at Tours, he taught at Laon, then spent seven years traveling in
Italy, possibly Spain, and Cilicia and Syria, before returning to England. In
his dialogue On the Same and the Different, he remarks, concerning universals,
that the names of individuals, species, and genera are imposed on the same
essence regarded in different respects. He also wrote Seventy-six Questions on
Nature, based on Arabic learning; works on the use of the abacus and the
astrolabe; a work on falconry; and translations of Abu Ma’shar’s Arabic active
euthanasia Adelard of Bath 9 4065A- 9
Shorter Introduction to Astronomy, al-Khwarizmi’s fl. c.830 astronomical tables,
and Euclid’s Elements.
baumgarten: a. g. – Grice
loved his coinage of ‘aesthetics’-- Alexander Gottlieb 171462, G. philosopher.
Born in Berlin, he was educated in Halle and taught at Halle 173840 and
Frankfurt an der Oder 174062. Baumgarten was brought up in the Pietist circle
of A. H. Francke but adopted the anti-Pietist rationalism of Wolff. He wrote
textbooks in metabasic particular Baumgarten, Alexander Gottlieb 73 73 physics Metaphysica, 1739 and ethics
Ethica Philosophica, 1740; Initia Philosophiae Practicae Prima [“First Elements
of Practical Philosophy”], 1760 on which Kant lectured. For the most part,
Baumgarten did not significantly depart from Wolff, although in metaphysics he
was both further and yet closer to Leibniz than was Wolff: unlike Leibniz, he
argued for real physical influx, but, unlike Wolff, he did not restrict preestablished
harmony to the mindbody relationship alone, but paradoxically reextended it to
include all relations of substances. Baumgarten’s claim to fame, however, rests
on his introduction of the discipline of aesthetics into G. philosophy, and
indeed on his introduction of the term ‘aesthetics’ as well. Wolff had
explained pleasure as the response to the perception of perfection by means of
the senses, in turn understood as clear but confused perception. Baumgarten
subtly but significantly departed from Wolff by redefining our response to
beauty as pleasure in the perfection of sensory perception, i.e., in the unique
potential of sensory as opposed to merely conceptual representation. This
concept was first introduced in his dissertation Meditationes Philosophicae de
Nonnullis ad Poema Pertinentibus “Philosophical Meditations on some Matters
pertaining to Poetry,” 1735, which defined a poem as a “perfect sensate
discourse,” and then generalized in his twovolume but still incomplete
Aesthetica 1750 58. One might describe Baumgarten’s aesthetics as cognitivist
but no longer rationalist: while in science or logic we must always prefer
discursive clarity, in art we respond with pleasure to the maximally dense or
“confused” intimation of ideas. Baumgarten’s theory had great influence on
Lessing and Mendelssohn, on Kant’s theory of aesthetic ideas, and even on the
aesthetics of Hegel.
bayle: p., Grice on
longitudinal history of philosophy. philosopher who also pioneered in
disinterested, critical history. A Calvinist forced into exile in 1681, Bayle
nevertheless rejected the prevailing use of history as an instrument of
partisan or sectarian interest. He achieved fame and notoriety with his
multivolume Dictionnaire historique et critique 1695. For each subject covered,
Bayle provided a biographical sketch and a dispassionate examination of the
historical record and interpretive controversies. He also repeatedly probed the
troubled and troubling boundary between reason and faith philosophy and
religion. In the article “David,” the seemingly illicit conduct of God’s
purported agent yielded reflections on the morals of the elect and the autonomy
of ethics. In “Pyrrho,” Bayle argued that self-evidence, the most plausible
candidate for the criterion of truth, is discredited by Christianity because
some self-evident principles contradict essential Christian truths and are
therefore false. Finally, provoking Leibniz’s Theodicy, Bayle argued, most
relentlessly in “Manichaeans” and “Paulicians,” that there is no defensible rational
solution to the problem of evil. Bayle portrayed himself as a Christian
skeptic, but others have seen instead an ironic critic of religion a precursor of the Enlightenment. Bayle’s purely philosophical
reflections support his self-assessment, since he consistently maintains that
philosophy achieves not comprehension and contentment, but paradox and
puzzlement. In making this case he proved to be a superb critic of
philosophical systems. Some examples are “Zeno of Elea” on space, time, and motion; “Rorarius” on mind and body and animal mechanism; and
“Spinoza” on the perils of monism.
Bayle’s skepticism concerning philosophy significantly influenced Berkeley and
Hume. His other important works include Pensées diverses de la comète de 1683
1683; Commentaire philosophique sur ces paroles de Jesus Christ: contrain les
d’entrer 1686; and Réponse aux questions d’un provincial1704; and an early
learned periodical, the Nouvelles de la République des Lettres 1684 87.
beattie, j. Common-sense –
H. P. Grice, “The so-called English common-sense,” Beattie: j. philosopher and
poet who, in criticizing Hume, widened the latter’s audience. A member of the
Scottish school of common sense philosophy along with Oswald and Reid,
Beattie’s major work was An Essay on the Nature and Immutability of Truth 1771,
in which he criticizes Hume for fostering skepticism and infidelity. His
positive view was that the mind possesses a common sense, i.e., a power for
perceiving self-evident truths. Common sense is instinctive, unalterable by
education; truth is what common sense determines the mind to believe. Beattie
cited Hume and then claimed that his views led to moral and religious evils.
When Beattie’s Essay was tr. into G. 1772, Kant could read Hume’s discussions
of personal identity and causation. Since these topics were not covered in
Hume’s Inquiry Concerning Human Understanding, Beattie provided Kant access to
two issues in the Treatises of Human Nature critical to the development of
transcendental idealism.
beccaria, one of the most
essential of Italian philosophers – Referred to by H. P. Grice in his
explorations on moral versus legal right, studied in Parma and Pavia and taught
political economy in Milan. Here, he met Pietro and Alessandro Verri and other
Milanese intellectuals attempting to promote political, economical, and
judiciary reforms. His major work, Dei delitti e delle pene “On Crimes and
Punishments,” 1764, denounces the contemporary methods in the administration of
justice and the treatment f criminals. Beccaria argues that the highest good is
the greatest happiness shared by the greatest number of people; hence, actions
against the state are the most serious crimes. Crimes against individuals and
property are less serious, and crimes endangering public harmony are the least
serious. The purposes of punishment are deterrence and the protection of
society. However, the employment of torture to obtain confessions is unjust and
useless: it results in acquittal of the strong and the ruthless and conviction
of the weak and the innocent. Beccaria also rejects the death penalty as a war
of the state against the individual. He claims that the duration and certainty
of the punishment, not its intensity, most strongly affect criminals. Beccaria
was influenced by Montesquieu, Rousseau, and Condillac. His major work was tr.
into many languages and set guidelines for revising the criminal and judicial
systems of several European countries. Refs.: Luigi
Speranza, "Grice e Beccaria," per Il Club Anglo-Italiano, The
Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia.
beneke: a Kantian
commentator beloved by Grice (“if only because he could read Kant in the
vernacular!”)-- philosopher who was influenced by Herbart and English
empiricism and criticized rationalistic metaphysics. He taught at Berlin and
published some eighteen books in philosophy. His major work was Lehrbuch der
Psychologie als Naturwissenschaft 1833. He wrote a critical study of Kant’s
Critique of Pure Reason and another on his moral theory; other works included
Psychologie Skizzen 1825, Metaphysik und Religionphilosophie 1840, and Die neue
Psychologie 1845. The “new psychology” developed by Beneke held that the
hypostatization of “faculties” led to a mythical psychology. He proposed a
method that would yield a natural science of the soul or, in effect, an
associationist psychology. Influenced by the British empiricists, he conceived
the elements of mental life as dynamic, active processes or impulses Trieben.
These “elementary faculties,” originally activated by stimuli, generate the
substantial unity of the nature of the psychic by their persistence as traces,
as well as by their reciprocal adjustment in relation to the continuous
production of new forces. In what Beneke called “pragmatic psychology,” the
psyche is a bundle of impulses, forces, and functions. Psychological theory
should rest on inductive analyses of the facts of inner perception. This, in
turn, is the foundation of the philosophical disciplines of logic, ethics,
metaphysics, and philosophy of religion. In this regard, Beneke held a
psychologism. He agreed with Herbart that psychology must be based on inner
experience and must eschew metaphysical speculation, but rejected Hebart’s
mathematical reductionism. Beneke sought to create a “pragmatic philosophy”
based on his psychology. In his last years he contributed to pedagogic
theory.
benthamian: -- semiotics --
j. Engish philosopher of ethics and political-legal theory. Born in London, he
entered Queen’s, Oxford, at age 12, and after graduation entered Lincoln’s Inn
to study law. He was admitted to the bar in 1767 but never practiced. He spent
his life writing, advocating changes along utilitarian lines maximal happiness
for everyone affected of the whole legal system, especially the criminal law. He
was a strong influence in changes of the British law of evidence; in abolition
of laws permitting imprisonment for indebtedness; in the belief, basic Bentham,
Jeremy 79 79 reform of Parliamentary
representation; in the formation of a civil service recruited by examination;
and in much else. His major work published during his lifetime was An
Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation 1789. He became head
of a “radical” group including James Mill and J. S. Mill, and founded the
Westminster Review and , London where
his embalmed body still reposes in a closet. He was a friend of Catherine of
Russia and John Quincy Adams, and was made a citizen of France in 1792.
Pleasure, he said, is the only good, and pain the only evil: “else the words good
and evil have no meaning.” He gives a list of examples of what he means by
‘pleasure’: pleasures of taste, smell, or touch; of acquiring property; of
learning that one has the goodwill of others; of power; of a view of the
pleasures of those one cares about. Bentham was also a psychological hedonist:
pleasures and pains determine what we do. Take pain. Your state of mind may be
painful now at the time just prior to action because it includes the
expectation of the pain say of being burned; the present pain or the
expectation of later pain Bentham is
undecided which motivates action to prevent being burned. One of a person’s
pleasures, however, may be sympathetic enjoyment of the well-being of another.
So it seems one can be motivated by the prospect of the happiness of another.
His psychology here is not incompatible with altruistic motivation. Bentham’s
critical utilitarianism lies in his claim that any action, or measure of
government, ought to be taken if and only if it tends to augment the happiness
of everyone affected not at all a novel
principle, historically. When “thus interpreted, the words ought, and right and
wrong . . . have a meaning: when otherwise, they have none.” Bentham evidently
did not mean this statement as a purely linguistic point about the actual
meaning of moral terms. Neither can this principle be proved; it is a first
principle from which all proofs proceed. What kind of reason, then, can he
offer in its support? At one point he says that the principle of utility, at
least unconsciously, governs the judgment of “every thinking man . . .
unavoidably.” But his chief answer is his critique of a widely held principle
that a person properly calls an act wrong if when informed of the facts he
disapproves of it. Bentham cites other language as coming to the same thesis:
talk of a “moral sense,” or common sense, or the understanding, or the law of
nature, or right reason, or the “fitness of things.” He says that this is no
principle at all, since a “principle is something that points out some external
consideration, as a means of warranting and guiding the internal sentiments of
approbation. . . .” The alleged principle also allows for widespread
disagreement about what is moral. So far, Bentham’s proposal has not told us
exactly how to determine whether an action or social measure is right or wrong.
Bentham suggests a hedonic calculus: in comparing two actions under
consideration, we count up the pleasures or pains each will probably
produce how intense, how long-lasting,
whether near or remote, including any derivative later pleasures or pains that
may be caused, and sum them up for all persons who will be affected. Evidently
these directions can provide at best only approximate results. We are in no
position to decide whether one pleasure for one hour is greater than another
pleasure for half an hour, even when they are both pleasures of one person who
can compare them. How much more when the pleasures are of different persons?
Still, we can make judgments important for the theory of punishment: whether a
blow in the face with no lasting damage for one person is more or less painful
than fifty lashes for his assailant! Bentham has been much criticized because
he thought that two pleasures are equal in value, if they are equally intense, enduring,
etc. As he said, “Quantity of pleasure being equal, pushpin is as good as
poetry.” It has been thought e.g., by J. S. Mill that some pleasures,
especially intellectual ones, are higher and deserve to count more. But it may
be replied that the so-called higher pleasures are more enduring, are less
likely to be followed by satiety, and open up new horizons of enjoyment; and
when these facts are taken into account, it is not clear that there is need to
accord higher status to intellectual pleasures as such. A major goal of
Bentham’s was to apply to the criminal law his principle of maximizing the
general utility. Bentham thought there should be no punishment of an offense if
it is not injurious to someone. So how much punishment should there be? The least
amount the effect of which will result in a greater degree of happiness,
overall. The benefit of punishment is primarily deterrence, by attaching to the
thought of a given act the thought of the painful sanction which will deter both the past and prospective
lawbreakers. The punishment, then, must be severe enough to outweigh the
benefit of the offense to the agent, making allowance, by addition, for the
uncertainty that the punishment will actually occur. There are some harmful
acts, however, that it is Bentham, Jeremy Bentham, Jeremy 80 80 not beneficial to punish. One is an act
needful to produce a greater benefit, or avoid a serious evil, for the agent.
Others are those which a penal prohibition could not deter: when the law is
unpublished or the agent is insane or an infant. In some cases society need
feel no alarm about the future actions of the agent. Thus, an act is criminal
only if intentional, and the agent is excused if he acted on the basis of
beliefs such that, were they true, the act would have caused no harm, unless
these beliefs were culpable in the sense that they would not have been held by
a person of ordinary prudence or benevolence. The propriety of punishing an act
also depends somewhat on its motive, although no motive e.g., sexual desire,
curiosity, wanting money, love of reputation
is bad in itself. Yet the propriety of punishment is affected by the
presence of some motivations that enhance public security because it is
unlikely that they e.g., sympathetic
concern or concern for reputation will
lead to bad intentional acts. When a given motive leads to a bad intention, it
is usually because of the weakness of motives like sympathy, concern for
avoiding punishment, or respect for law. In general, the sanction of moral
criticism should take lines roughly similar to those of the ideal law. But
there are some forms of behavior, e.g., imprudence or fornication, which the
law is hardly suited to punish, that can be sanctioned by morality. The
business of the moral philosopher is censorial: to say what the law, or
morality, ought to be. To say what is the law is a different matter: what it is
is the commands of the sovereign, defined as one whom the public, in general,
habitually obeys. As consisting of commands, it is imperatival. The imperatives
may be addressed to the public, as in “Let no one steal,” or to judges: “Let a
judge sentence anyone who steals to be hanged.” It may be thought that there is
a third part, an explanation, say, of what is a person’s property; but this can
be absorbed in the imperatival part, since the designations of property are
just imperatives about who is to be free to do what. Why should anyone obey the
actual laws? Bentham’s answer is that one should do so if and only if it
promises to maximize the general happiness. He eschews contract theories of
political obligation: individuals now alive never contracted, and so how are
they bound? He also opposes appeal to natural rights. If what are often
mentioned as natural rights were taken seriously, no government could survive:
it could not tax, require military service, etc. Nor does he accept appeal to
“natural law,” as if, once some law is shown to be immoral, it can be said to
be not really law. That would be absurd.
berdyaevian: n., philosopher
studied by H. P. Grice for his ‘ontological Marxism,’ he began as a “Kantian
Marxist” in epistemology, ethical theory, and philosophy of history, but soon
turned away from Marxism although he continued to accept Marx’s critique of
capitalism toward a theistic philosophy of existence stressing the values of
creativity and “meonic” freedom a
freedom allegedly prior to all being, including that of God. In exile after 2,
Berdyaev appears to have been the first to grasp clearly in the early 0s that
the Marxist view of historical time involves a morally unacceptable devaluing
and instrumentalizing of the historical present including living persons for
the sake of the remote future end of a perfected communist society. Berdyaev
rejects the Marxist position on both Christian and Kantian grounds, as a
violation of the intrinsic value of human persons. He sees the historical order
as marked by inescapable tragedy, and welcomes the “end of history” as an
“overcoming” of objective historical time by subjective “existential” time with
its free, unobjectified creativity. For Berdyaev the “world of objects” physical things, laws of nature, social
institutions, and human roles and relationships
is a pervasive threat to “free spiritual creativity.” Yet such
creativity appears to be subject to inevitable frustration, since its outward
embodiments are always “partial and fragmentary” and no “outward action” can
escape ultimate “tragic failure.” Russian Orthodox traditionalists condemned
Berdyaev for claiming that all creation is a “divine-human process” and for
denying God’s omnipotence, but such Western process theologians as Hartshorne
find Berdyaev’s position highly congenial.
bergmann: g. infamous for
calling H. P. Grice “one of them English futilitarians” -- philosopher, the
youngest member of the Vienna Circle. Born in Vienna, he received his doctorate
in mathematics in 8 from the of Vienna.
Originally influenced by logical positivism, he became a phenomenalist who also
posited mental acts irreducible to sense-data see his The Metaphysics of
Logical Positivism, 4. Although he eventually rejected phenomenalism, his
ontology of material objects remained structurally phenomenalistic. Bergmann’s
world is one of momentary bare i.e. natureless particulars exemplifying
phenomenally simple Berdyaev, Nicolas Bergmann, Gustav 81 81 universals, relational as well as
non-relational. Some of these universals are non-mental, such as color
properties and spatial relations, while others, such as the “intentional
characters” in virtue of which some particulars mental acts intend or represent
the facts that are their “objects,” are mental. Bergmann insisted that the
world is independent of both our experience of it and our thought and discourse
about it: he claimed that the connection of exemplification and even the
propositional connectives and quantifiers are mind-independent. See Meaning and
Existence, 9; Logic and Reality, 4; and Realism: A Critique of Brentano and
Meinong, 7. Such extreme realism produced many criticisms of his philosophy
that are only finally addressed in Bergmann’s recently, and posthumously,
published book, New Foundations of Ontology 2, in which he concedes that his
atomistic approach to ontology has inevitable limitations and proposes a way of
squaring this insight with his thoroughgoing realism.
bergson: Philosopher of
central European ancestry born in Paris. The surname literally means, ‘the son
of the mountain,’ -- cited by H. P. Grice in “Personal identity,” philosopher,
the most influential of the first half of the twentieth century. Born in Paris
and educated at the prestigious École Normale Supérieure, he began his teaching
career at Clermont-Ferrand in 4 and was called in 0 to the Collège de France,
where his lectures enjoyed unparalleled success until his retirement in 1.
Ideally placed in la belle époque of prewar Paris, his ideas influenced a broad
spectrum of artistic, literary, social, and political movements. In 8 he
received the Légion d’honneur and was admitted into the Academy. From 2 through 5 he participated in
the League of Nations, presiding over the creation of what was later to become
UNESCO. Forced by crippling arthritis into virtual seclusion during his later
years, Bergson was awarded the Nobel Prize for literature in 8. Initially a
disciple of Spencer, Bergson broke with him after a careful examination of
Spencer’s concept of time and mechanistic positivism. Following a deeply
entrenched tradition in Western thought, Spencer treats time on an analogy with
space as a series of discrete numerical units: instants, seconds, minutes. When
confronted with experience, however
especially with that of our own psychological states such concepts are, Bergson concludes,
patently inadequate. Real duration, unlike clock time, is qualitative, dynamic,
irreversible. It cannot be “spatialized” without being deformed. It gives rise
in us, moreover, to free acts, which, being qualitative and spontaneous, cannot
be predicted. Bergson’s dramatic contrast of real duration and geometrical
space, first developed in Time and Free Will 0, was followed in 6 by the mind
body theory of Matter and Memory. He argues here that the brain is not a locale
for thought but a motor organ that, receiving stimuli from its environment, may
respond with adaptive behavior. To his psychological and metaphysical
distinction between duration and space Bergson adds, in An Introduction to
Metaphysics 3, an important epistemological distinction between intuition and
analysis. Intuition probes the flow of duration in its concreteness; analysis
breaks up duration into static, fragmentary concepts. In Creative Evolution 7,
his best-known work, Bergson argues against both Lamarck and Darwin, urging
that biological evolution is impelled by a vital impetus or élan vital that
drives life to overcome the downward entropic drift of matter. Biological
organisms, unlike dice, must compete and survive as they undergo permutations.
Hence the unresolved dilemma of Darwinism. Either mutations occur one or a few
at a time in which case how can they be “saved up” to constitute new organs? or
they occur all at once in which case one has a “miracle”. Bergson’s vitalism,
popular in literary circles, was not accepted by many scientists or
philosophers. His most general contention, however that biological evolution is not consistent
with or even well served by a mechanistic philosophy was broadly appreciated and to many seemed
convincing. This aspect of Bergson’s writings influenced thinkers as diverse as
Lloyd Morgan, Alexis Carrel, Sewall Wright, Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, and A.
N. Whitehead. The contrasts in terms of which Bergson developed his thought
duration/space, intuition/ analysis, life/entropy are replaced in The Two
Sources of Morality and Religion 2 by a new duality, that of the “open” and the
“closed.” The Judeo-Christian tradition, he contends, if it has embraced in its
history both the open society and the closed society, exhibits in its great
saints and mystics a profound opening out of the human spirit toward all
humanity. Bergson’s distinction between the open and the closed society was
popularized by Karl Popper in his The Open Society and Its Enemies. While it
has attracted serious criticism, Bergson’s philosophy has also significantly
affected subsequent thinkers. Novelists as diverse as Bergson, Henri Louis
Bergson, Henri Louis 82 82 Nikos
Kazantzakis, Marcel Proust, and William Faulkner; poets as unlike as Charles
Péguy, Robert Frost, and Antonio Machado; and psychologists as dissimilar as
Pierre Janet and Jean Piaget were to profit significantly from his explorations
of duration, conceptualization, and memory. Both existentialism and process philosophy bear the imprint of his
thought.
berkeleyianism: g., -- H. P. Grice
thought he had found in Berkeley a good test for the Austinian code – If something
sounds harsh to Berkeley it sounds harsh. Irish philosopher and bishop in the
Anglican Church of Ireland, one of the three great British empiricists along
with Locke and Hume. He developed novel and influential views on the visual
perception of distance and size, and an idealist metaphysical system that he
defended partly on the seemingly paradoxical ground that it was the best
defense of common sense and safeguard against skepticism. Berkeley studied at
Trinity , Dublin, from which he graduated at nineteen. He was elected to a
fellowship at Trinity in 1707, and did the bulk of his philosophical writing
between that year and 1713. He was made dean of Derry in 1724, following
extensive traveling on the Continent; he spent the years 172832 in Rhode Island,
waiting in vain for promised Crown funds to establish a in Bermuda. He was made bishop of Cloyne,
Ireland, in 1734, and he remained there as a cleric for nearly the remainder of
his life. Berkeley’s first major publication, the Essay Towards a New Theory of
Vision 1709, is principally a work in the psychology of vision, though it has
important philosophical presuppositions and implications. Berkeley’s theory of
vision became something like the received view on the topic for nearly two
hundred years and is a landmark work in the history of psychology. The work is
devoted to three connected matters: how do we see, or visually estimate, the
distances of objects from ourselves, the situation or place at which objects
are located, and the magnitude of such objects? Earlier views, such as those of
Descartes, Malebranche, and Molyneux, are rejected on the ground that their
answers to the above questions allow that a person can see the distance of an
object without having first learned to correlate visual and other cues. This
was supposedly done by a kind of natural geometry, a computation of the
distance by determining the altitude of a triangle formed by light rays from
the object and the line extending from one retina to the other. On the
contrary, Berkeley holds that it is clear that seeing distance is something one
learns to do through trial and error, mainly by correlating cues that suggest
distance: the distinctness or confusion of the visual appearance; the feelings
received when the eyes turn; and the sensations attending the straining of the
eyes. None of these bears any necessary connection to distance. Berkeley infers
from this account that a person born blind and later given sight would not be
able to tell by sight alone the distances objects were from her, nor tell the
difference between a sphere and a cube. He also argues that in visually
estimating distance, one is really estimating which tangible ideas one would
likely experience if one were to take steps to approach the object. Not that
these tangible ideas are themselves necessarily connected to the visual
appearances. Instead, Berkeley holds that tangible and visual ideas are
entirely heterogeneous, i.e., they are numerically and specifically distinct.
The latter is a philosophical consequence of Berkeley’s theory of vision, which
is sharply at odds with a central doctrine of Locke’s Essay, namely, that some
ideas are common to both sight and touch. Locke’s doctrines also receive a
great deal of attention in the Principles of Human Knowledge 1710. Here
Berkeley considers the doctrine of abstract general ideas, which he finds in
Book III of Locke’s Essay. He argues against such ideas partly on the ground
that we cannot engage in the process of abstraction, partly on the ground that
some abstract ideas are impossible objects, and also on the ground that such
ideas are not needed for either language learning or language use. These
arguments are of fundamental importance for Berkeley, since he thinks that the
doctrine of abstract ideas helps to support metaphysical realism, absolute
space, absolute motion, and absolute time Principles, 5, 100, 11011, as well as
the view that some ideas are common to sight and touch New Theory, 123. All of
these doctrines Berkeley holds to be mistaken, and the first is in direct
conflict with his idealism. Hence, it is important for him to undermine any
support these doctrines might receive from the abstract ideas thesis.
Berkeleyan idealism is the view that the only existing entities are finite and
infinite perceivers each of which is a spirit or mental substance, and entities
that are perceived. Such a thesis implies that ordinary physical objects exist
if and only if they are perceived, something Berkeley encapsulates in the esse
est percipi principle: for all senBerkeley, George Berkeley, George 83 83 sible objects, i.e., objects capable of
being perceived, their being is to be perceived. He gives essentially two
arguments for this thesis. First, he holds that every physical object is just a
collection of sensible qualities, and that every sensible quality is an idea.
So, physical objects are just collections of sensible ideas. No idea can exist
unperceived, something everyone in the period would have granted. Hence, no
physical object can exist unperceived. The second argument is the socalled
master argument of Principles 2224. There Berkeley argues that one cannot
conceive a sensible object existing unperceived, because if one attempts to do
this one must thereby conceive that very object. He concludes from this that no
such object can exist “without the mind,” that is, wholly unperceived. Many of
Berkeley’s opponents would have held instead that a physical object is best
analyzed as a material substratum, in which some sensible qualities inhere. So
Berkeley spends some effort arguing against material substrata or what he
sometimes calls matter. His principal argument is that a sensible quality
cannot inhere in matter, because a sensible quality is an idea, and surely an
idea cannot exist except in a mind. This argument would be decisive if it were
true that each sensible quality is an idea. Unfortunately, Berkeley gives no
argument whatever for this contention in the Principles, and for that reason
Berkeleyan idealism is not there well founded. Nor does the master argument
fare much better, for there Berkeley seems to require a premise asserting that
if an object is conceived, then that object is perceived. Yet such a premise is
highly dubious. Probably Berkeley realized that his case for idealism had not
been successful, and certainly he was stung by the poor reception of the
Principles. His next book, Three Dialogues Between Hylas and Philonous 1713, is
aimed at rectifying these matters. There he argues at length for the thesis
that each sensible quality is an idea. The master argument is repeated, but it
is unnecessary if every sensible quality is an idea. In the Dialogues Berkeley
is also much concerned to combat skepticism and defend common sense. He argues
that representative realism as held by Locke leads to skepticism regarding the
external world and this, Berkeley thinks, helps to support atheism and free
thinking in religion. He also argues, more directly, that representative
realism is false. Such a thesis incorporates the claim that somesensible ideas
represent real qualities in objects, the so-called primary qualities. But
Berkeley argues that a sensible idea can be like nothing but another idea, and
so ideas cannot represent qualities in objects. In this way, Berkeley
eliminates one main support of skepticism, and to that extent helps to support
the commonsensical idea that we gain knowledge of the existence and nature of
ordinary physical objects by means of perception. Berkeley’s positive views in
epistemology are usually interpreted as a version of foundationalism. That is,
he is generally thought to have defended the view that beliefs about currently
perceived ideas are basic beliefs, beliefs that are immediately and
non-inferentially justified or that count as pieces of immediate knowledge, and
that all other justified beliefs in contingent propositions are justified by
being somehow based upon the basic beliefs. Indeed, such a foundationalist
doctrine is often taken to help define empiricism, held in common by Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. But whatever the merits of such a view as an interpretation
of Locke or Hume, it is not Berkeley’s theory. This is because he allows that
perceivers often have immediate and noninferential justified beliefs, and
knowledge, about physical objects. Hence, Berkeley accepts a version of
foundationalism that allows for basic beliefs quite different from just beliefs
about one’s currently perceived ideas. Indeed, he goes so far as to maintain
that such physical object beliefs are often certain, something neither Locke
nor Hume would accept. In arguing against the existence of matter, Berkeley
also maintains that we literally have no coherent concept of such stuff because
we cannot have any sensible idea of it. Parity of reasoning would seem to
dictate that Berkeley should reject mental substance as well, thereby
threatening his idealism from another quarter. Berkeley is sensitive to this
line of reasoning, and replies that while we have no idea of the self, we do
have some notion of the self, that is, some lessthan-complete concept. He argues
that a person gains some immediate knowledge of the existence and nature of
herself in a reflex act; that is, when she is perceiving something she is also
conscious that something is engaging in this perception, and this is sufficient
for knowledge of that perceiving entity. To complement his idealism, Berkeley
worked out a version of scientific instrumentalism, both in the Principles and
in a later Latin work, De Motu 1721, a doctrine that anticipates the views of
Mach. In the Dialogues he tries to show how his idealism is consistent with the
biblical account of the creation, and consistent as well with common sense.
Berkeley, George Berkeley, George 84 84
Three later works of Berkeley’s gained him an enormous amount of attention.
Alciphron 1734 was written while Berkeley was in Rhode Island, and is a
philosophical defense of Christian doctrine. It also contains some additional
comments on perception, supplementing earlier work on that topic. The Analyst
1734 contains trenchant criticism of the method of fluxions in differential
calculus, and it set off a flurry of pamphlet replies to Berkeley’s criticisms,
to which Berkeley responded in his A Defense of Free Thinking in Mathematics.
Siris 1744 contains a detailed account of the medicinal values of tar-water,
water boiled with the bark of certain trees. This book also contains a defense
of a sort of corpuscularian philosophy that seems to be at odds with the
idealism elaborated in the earlier works for which Berkeley is now famous. In
the years 170708, the youthful Berkeley kept a series of notebooks in which he
worked out his ideas in philosophy and mathematics. These books, now known as
the Philosophical Commentaries, provide the student of Berkeley with the rare
opportunity to see a great philosopher’s thought in development. H. P. Grice was a member of the Oxford
Berkeley Society. The Bishop and The Cricketer Agree: It Does Sound Harsh! When "The Times" published a note on Grice,
anonymous, as obituaries should be, but some suspect P. F. S.) it went,
"H. P. Grice, professional philosopher and amateur cricketer."Surely
P. F. S. may have been involved, since some always preferred the commuted
conjunction: "H. P. Grice, cricketer -- and philosopher."At one time,
to be a 'professional' cricketer was a no-no.At one time, to be a
'professional' philosopher was a no-no -- witness Socrates!But you never
know.It's TOTALLY different when it comes to BISHOPS!Grice loved that phrase,
"sounds harsh." "The Austinian in the Bishop."Bishop Berkeley
and H. P. Grice -- Two Ways of Representing: Likeness Or Not.Bishop Berkeley’s
views on representation, broadly construed, relate to H. P. Grice’s views on
representation, broadly construed.In essay, “Berkeley: An
Interpretation,” Kenneth Winkler argues that Bishop Berkeley sees
representation as working in one of two ways.Representation works either in the
same way that an expression signifies an idea (Grice’s non-iconic) or by means
of resemblance (Grice’s iconic).But we need to explore that distinction.This
all relates to Bishop Berkeley’s and Grice’s views on language, their theory of
resemblance, and the role that representation plays in their philosophiesmore
widely.It is interesting to consider, of course, Berkeley’s predecessors (e.g.,
Descartes, Locke, that Grice revered in the choice of the title of his
compilation of essays, “Studies in THE WAY OF WORDS,” or WoW for short), Bishop
Berkeley’s contemporaries (e.g., William King, Anthony Collins), and subsequent
thinkers (e.g. Hume, Shepherd, and of course Grice) accepted this distinction –
and their connection to the development of both Bishoop Berkeley’s and Grice’s
thought.Some philosophers connect Bishop Berkeley and Grice to non-canonical
figures or those which defend novel interpretations of Berkeley’s or Grice’s own
thought.Which ARE Bishop Berkeley’s and Grice’s view on the connection between
representation and resemblance?Is Winkler right to attribute two types of
representation to Berkeley? Could Winkler’s observations have a bearing on
Grice?Do Bishop Berkeley’s and Grice’s contemporaries accept the distinction
between signification and representation? (Grice’s favourite example: “A
cricket team may do for England what England cannot do: engage in a game of
cricket.”)Grice explores this in the “Valediction” to his “Way of Words”:“We might we well advised,” Grice says, “to consider more
closely the nature of representation and its connection with meaning, and to do
so in the light of three perhaps not implausible suppositions.”(1) that
representation by means of verbal formulation is an artificial and noniconic
mode of representation.(2) that to replace an iconic system by a noniconic
system will be to introduce a new and more powerful extension of the original
system, one which can do everything the former system can do and more
besides.(3) that every artificial or noniconic system is based on an
antecedent NATURAL iconic system.Descriptive representation must look back to
and in part do the work of prior iconic representation.That work will consist
in the representation of objects and situations in the world in something like
the way in which a team of North Oxfordshire cricketers may represent, say
North Oxfordshire. The cricketers do on behalf of North Oxfordshire
something that North Oxfordshire cannot do for itself, namely engage in a game
of cricket.“Similarly, our representations (initially iconic but also
noniconic) enable objects and situations in the world to do something which
objects and situations cannot do for themselves, namely govern our actions and
behaviour.”Etc.Grice loved to quote the Bishop on this or that ‘sounding
harsh.’ “Surely, the Bishop would agree with me that it sounds harsh to say
that Smith’s brain’s s
being in such and such a state at noon is a case of judging something to be true on insufficient evidence."We hope neither will agree THIS sounds harsh, either, as
North-Oxfordshire engaging in a game of cricket does not really, either.
berlin: “If Berlin and I have
something in common is a tutor!” – H. P. Grice. Berlin: I. Russian-born philosopher
and historian of ideas. He is widely acclaimed for his doctrine of radical
objective pluralism; his writings on liberty; his modification, refinement, and
defense of traditional liberalism against the totalitarian doctrines of the
twentieth century not least Marxism-Leninism; and his brilliant and
illuminating studies in the history of ideas from Machiavelli and Vico to Marx
and Sorel. A founding father with Austin, Ayer, and others of Oxford philosophy
in the 0s, he published several influential papers in its general spirit, but,
without abandoning its empirical approach, he came increasingly to dissent from
what seemed to him its unduly barren, doctrinaire, and truthdenying tendencies.
From the 0s onward he broke away to devote himself principally to social and
political philosophy and to the study of general ideas. His two most important
contributions in social and political theory, brought together with two other
valuable essays in Four Essays on Liberty 9, are “Historical Inevitability” 4 and
his 8 inaugural lecture as Chichele Professor of Social and Political Theory at
Oxford, “Two Concepts of Liberty.” The first is a bold and decisive attack on
historical determinism and moral relativism and subjectivism and a ringing
endorsement of the role of free will and responsibility in human history. The
second contains Berlin’s enormously influential attempt to distinguish clearly
between “negative” and “positive” liberty. Negative liberty, foreshadowed by
such thinkers as J. S. Mill, Constant, and above all Herzen, consists in making
minimal assumptions about the ultimate nature and needs of the subject, in
ensuring a minimum of external interference by authority of any provenance, and
in leaving open as large a field for free individual choice as is consonant
with a minimum of social organization and order. Positive liberty, associated
with monist and voluntarist thinkers of all kinds, not least Hegel, the G.
Idealists, and their historical progeny, begins with the notion of self-mastery
and proceeds to make dogmatic and far-reaching metaphysical assumptions about
the essence of the subject. It then deduces from these the proper paths to
freedom, and, finally, seeks to drive flesh-and-blood individuals down these
preordained paths, whether they wish it or not, within the framework of a
tight-knit centralized state under the irrefragable rule of rational experts,
thus perverting what begins as a legitimate human ideal, i.e. positive
self-direction and self-mastery, into a tyranny. “Two Concepts of Liberty” also
sets out to disentangle liberty in either of these senses from other ends, such
as the craving for recognition, the need to belong, or human solidarity,
fraternity, or equality. Berlin’s work in the history of ideas is of a piece
with his other writings. Vico and Herder 6 presents the emergence of that
historicism and pluralism which shook the two-thousand-yearold monist
rationalist faith in a unified body of truth regarding all questions of fact
and principle in all fields of human knowledge. From this profound intellectual
overturn Berlin traces in subsequent volumes of essays, such as Against the
Current 9, The Crooked Timber of Humanity 0, and The Sense of Reality 6, the
growth of some of the principal intellectual movements that mark our era, among
them nationalism, fascism, relativism, subjectivism, nihilism, voluntarism, and
existentialism. He also presents with persuasiveness and clarity that peculiar
objective pluralism which he identified and made his own. There is an
irreducible plurality of objective human values, many of which are incompatible
with one another; hence the ineluctable need for absolute choices by
individuals and groups, a need that confers supreme value upon, and forms one
of the major justifications of, his conception of negative liberty; Berlin,
Isaiah Berlin, Isaiah 85 85 hence, too,
his insistence that utopia, namely a world where all valid human ends and
objective values are simultaneously realized in an ultimate synthesis, is a
conceptual impossibility. While not himself founder of any definable school or
movement, Berlin’s influence as a philosopher and as a human being has been
immense, not least on a variety of distinguished thinkers such as Stuart
Hampshire, Charles Taylor, Bernard Williams, Richard Wollheim, Gerry Cohen,
Steven Lukes, David Pears, and many others. His general intellectual and moral
impact on the life of the twentieth century as writer, diplomat, patron of
music and the arts, international academic elder statesman, loved and trusted
friend to the great and the humble, and dazzling lecturer, conversationalist,
and animateur des idées, will furnish inexhaustible material to future
historians.
bernardus: chartrensis. of
Chartres,, philosopher. He was first a teacher 111419 and later chancellor 116
of the cathedral school at Chartres, which was then an active center of
learning in the liberal arts and philosophy. Bernard himself was renowned as a
grammarian, i.e., as an expositor of difficult texts, and as a teacher of
Plato. None of his works has survived whole, and only three fragments are
preserved in works by others. He is now best known for an image recorded both
by his student, John of Salisbury, and by William of Conches. In Bernard’s
image, he and all his medieval contemporaries were in relation to the ancient
authors like “dwarfs sitting on the shoulders of giants.” John of Salisbury
takes the image to mean both that the medievals could see more and further than
the ancients, and that they could do so only because they had been lifted up by
such powerful predecessors.
bernardus: of Clairvaux,
Saint – Grice’s personal saint, seeing that St. John’s was originally a
Cistercian monastery almost burned by Henry VIII. Cistercian monk, mystic, and
religious leader. He is most noted for his doctrine of Christian humility and
his depiction of the mystical experience, which exerted considerable influence
on later Christian mystics. Educated in France, he entered the monastery at
Cîteaux in 1112, and three years later founded a daughter monastery at Clairvaux.
According to Bernard, honest self-knowledge should reveal the extent to which
we fail to be what we should be in the eyes of God. That selfknowledge should
lead us to curb our pride and so become more humble. Humility is necessary for
spiritual purification, which in turn is necessary for contemplation of God,
the highest form of which is union with God. Consistent with orthodox Christian
doctrine, Bernard maintains that mystical union does not entail identity. One
does not become God; rather, one’s will and God’s will come into complete
conformity.
bernoulli’s theorem: studied by Grice
in his “Probability, Desirability, Credibility” -- also called the weak law of
large numbers, the principle that if a series of trials is repeated n times
where a there are two possible outcomes, 0 and 1, on each trial, b the
probability p of 0 is the same on each trial, and c this probability is
independent of the outcome of other trials, then, for arbitrary positive e, as
the number n of trials is increased, the probability that the absolute value
Kr/n pK of the difference between the
relative frequency r/n of 0’s in the n trials and p is less than e approaches
1. The first proof of this theorem was given by Jakob Bernoulli in Part IV of
his posthumously published Ars Conjectandi of 1713. Simplifications were later
constructed and his result has been generalized in a series of “weak laws of
large numbers.” Although Bernoulli’s theorem derives a conclusion about the
probability of the relative frequency r/n of 0’s for large n of trials given
the value of p, in Ars Conjectandi and correspondence with Leibniz, Bernoulli
thought it could be used to reason from information about r/n to the value of p
when the latter is unknown. Speculation persists as to whether Bernoulli
anticipated the inverse inference of Bayes, the confidence interval estimation
of Peirce, J. Neyman, and E. S. Pearson, or the fiducial argument of R. A.
Fisher.
Bertrand’s box
paradox:
studied by Grice in his “Probability, Desirability, Credibility” -- a puzzle
concerning conditional probability. Imagine three boxes with two drawers
apiece. Each drawer of the first box contains a gold medal. Each drawer of the
second contains a silver medal. One drawer of the third contains a gold medal,
and the other a silver medal. At random, a box is selected and one of its
drawers is opened. If a gold medal appears, what is the probability that the
third box was selected? The probability seems to be ½, because the box is
either the first or the third, and they seem equally probable. But a gold medal
is less probable from the third box than from the first, Bernard of Chartres
Bertrand’s box paradox 86 86 so the
third box is actually less probable than the first. By Bayes’s theorem its
probability is 1 /3. Joseph Bertrand, a
mathematician, published the paradox in Calcul des probabilités Calculus
of Probabilities, 9.
Bertrand’s paradox: an inconsistency
arising from the classical definition of an event’s probability as the number
of favorable cases divided by the number of possible cases. Given a circle, a
chord is selected at random. What is the probability that the chord is longer
than a side of an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle? The event has
these characterizations: 1 the apex angle of an isosceles triangle inscribed in
the circle and having the chord as a leg is less than 60°, 2 the chord
intersects the diameter perpendicular to it less than ½ a radius from the
circle’s center, and 3 the chord’s midpoint lies within a circle concentric
with the original and of ¼ its area. The definition thus suggests that the
event’s probability is 1 /3, 1 /2, and also ¼. Joseph Bertrand, a mathematician, published the paradox in
Calcul des probabilités 9.
Beth’s definability
theorem:
Grice loved an emplicit definition. a theorem for first-order logic. A theory
defines a term t implicitly if and only if an explicit definition of the term,
on the basis of the other primitive concepts, is entailed by the theory. A
theory defines a term implicitly if any two models of the theory with the same
domain and the same extension for the other primitive terms are identical,
i.e., also have the same extension for the term. An explicit definition of a
term is a sentence that states necessary and sufficient conditions for the
term’s applicability. Beth’s theorem was implicit in a method to show
independence of a term that was first used by the logician Alessandro Padoa. Padoa suggested,
in 0, that independence of a primitive algebraic term from the other terms
occurring in a set of axioms can be established by two true interpretations of
the axioms that differ only in the interpretation of the term whose
independence has to be proven. He claimed, without proof, that the existence of
two such models is not only sufficient for, but also implied by, independence.
Tarski first gave a proof of Beth’s theorem in 6 for the logic of the Principia
Mathematica of Whitehead and Russell, but the result was only obtained for
first-order logic in 3 by E. Beth. In modern expositions Beth’s theorem is a
direct implication of Craig’s interpolation theorem. In a variation on Padoa’s
method, Karel de Bouvère described in 9 a one-model method to show
indefinability: if the set of logical consequences of a theory formulated in
terms of the remaining vocabulary cannot be extended to a model of the full
theory, a term is not explicitly definable in terms of the remaining
vocabulary. In the philosophy of science literature this is called a failure of
Ramsey-eliminability of the term.
bi-conditional: As Grice notes,
‘if’ is the only non-commutative operator; so trust Mill to make it
commutative, “if p, q, then if q, p.” Cited by Strawson after ‘if,’ but
dismissed by Grice in his list of
‘formal devices’ as ‘too obvious.’ --
the logical operator, usually written with a triple-bar sign S or a
doubleheaded arrow Q, used to indicate that two propositions have the same
truth-value: that either both are true or else both are false. The term also
designates a proposition having this sign, or a natural language expression of
it, as its main connective; e.g., P if and only if Q. The truth table for the
biconditional is The biconditional is so called because its application is
logically equivalent to the conjunction ‘P-conditional-Q-and-Q-conditional-P’. According to Pears, and rightly, too, ‘if’
conversationally implicates ‘iff.’
black box – used by Grice in
his method in philosophical psychology -- a hypothetical unit specified only by
functional role, in order to explain some effect or behavior. The term may
refer to a single entity with an unknown structure, or unknown internal
organization, which realizes some known function, or to any one of a system of
such entities, whose organization and functions are inferred from the behavior
of an organism or entity of which they are constituents. Within behaviorism and
classical learning theory, the basic functions were taken to be generalized
mechanisms governing the relationship of stimulus to response, including
reinforcement, inhibition, extinction, and arousal. The organism was treated as
a black box realizing these functions. Within cybernetics, though there are no
simple inputoutput rules describing the organism, there is an emphasis on
functional organization and feedback in controlling behavior. The components
within a cybernetic system are treated as black boxes. In both cases, the
details of underlying structure, mechanism, and dynamics are either unknown or
regarded as unimportant.
Blackburn’s skull. Blackburn's
"one-off predicament" of communicating without a shared language
illustrates how Grice's theory can be applied to iconic signals such as the
drawing of a skull to wam of danger. See his Spreading the Word. III. 112.
blindsight: studied by Grice
and Warnock, “Visa.” -- a residual visual capacity resulting from lesions in
certain areas of the brain the striate cortex, area 17. Under routine clinical
testing, persons suffering such lesions appear to be densely blind in
particular regions of the visual field. Researchers have long recognized that,
in primates, comparable lesions do not result in similar deficits. It has
seemed unlikely that this disparity could be due to differences in brain
function, however. And, indeed, when human subjects are tested in the way
non-human subjects are tested, the disparity vanishes. Although subjects report
that they can detect nothing in the blind field, when required to “guess” at
properties of items situated there, they perform remarkably well. They seem to
“know” the contents of the blind field while remaining unaware that they know,
often expressing astonishment on being told the results of testing in the blind
field.
bloch: e., philosopher
studied by H. P. Grice for his “ontological marxism.” influenced by Marxism,
his views went beyond Marxism as he matured. He fled G.y in the 0s, but
returned after World War II to a professorship in East G.y, where his
increasingly unorthodox ideas were eventually censured by the Communist
authorities, forcing a move to West G.y in the 0s. His major work, The
Principle of Hope 459, is influenced by G. idealism, Jewish mysticism,
Neoplatonism, utopianism, and numerous other sources besides Marxism. Humans
are essentially unfinished, moved by a cosmic impulse, “hope,” a tendency in
them to strive for the as-yet-unrealized, which manifests itself as utopia, or
vision of future possibilities. Despite his atheism, Bloch wished to retrieve
the sense of self-transcending that he saw in the religious and mythical
traditions of humankind. His ideas have consequently influenced theology as
well as philosophy, e.g. the “theology of hope” of Jurgen Moltmann.
blondel: m. cf. Hampshire,
“Thought and action,” philosopher who discovered the deist background of human
action. In his main work, Action 3, 2d rev. ed. 0, Blondel held that action is
part of the very nature of human beings and as such becomes an object of
philosophy; through philosophy, action should find its meaning, i.e. realize
itself rationally. An appropriate phenomenology of action through
phenomenological description uncovers the phenomenal level of action but points
beyond it. Such a supraphenomenal sense of action provides it a metaphysical
status. This phenomenology of action rests on an immanent dialectics of action:
a gap between the aim of the action and its realization. This gap, while
dissatisfying to the actor, also drives him toward new activities. The only
immanent solution of this dialectics and its consequences is a transcendent
one. We have to realize that we, like other humans, cannot grasp our own
activities and must accept our limitations and our finitude as well as the
insufficiency of our philosophy, which is now understood as a philosophy of
insufficiency and points toward the existence of the supernatural element in
every human act, namely God. Human activity is the outcome of divine grace.
Through action bit Blondel, Maurice 90
90 one touches the existence of God, something not possible by logical
argumentation. In the later phase of his development Blondel deserted his early
“anti-intellectualism” and stressed the close relation between thought and
action, now understood as inseparable and mutually interrelated. He came to see
philosophy as a rational instrument of understanding one’s actions as well as
one’s insufficiency.
Bobbio: essential Italian
philosopher, who’s written on Fregeian sense ‘senso,’ – the need for sense –
the search for sense, meaning meaning. Refs.: Luigi Speranza, "Grice e
Bobbio," per Il Club Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa
Grice, Liguria, Italia.
Bodei: essential Italian philosopher.
Refs.: Luigi Speranza, "Grice e
Bodei," per Il Club Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa
Grice, Liguria, Italia.
bodin: j., Discussed by
H. P. Grice in his exploration on legal versus moral right. -- philosopher
whose philosophy centers on the concept of sovereignty. His Six livres de la
république 1577 defines a state as constituted by common public interests,
families, and the sovereign. The sovereign is the lawgiver, who stands beyond
the absolute rights he possesses; he must, however, follow the law of God,
natural law, and the constitution. The ideal state was for Bodin a monarchy
that uses aristocratic and democratic structures of government for the sake of
the common good. In order to achieve a broader empirical picture of politics
Bodin used historical comparisons. This is methodologically reflected in his
Methodus ad facilem historiarum cognitionem 1566. Bodin was clearly a theorist
of absolutism. As a member of the Politique group he played a practical role in
emancipating the state from the church. His thinking was influenced by his
experience of civil war. In his Heptaplomeres posthumous he pleaded for
tolerance with respect to all religions, including Islam and Judaism. As a
public prosecutor, however, he wrote a manual for judges in witchcraft trials
De la démonomanie des sorciers, 1580. By stressing the peacemaking role of a
strong state Bodin was a forerunner of Hobbes.
boehme: j. Cited by Grice
in “From Genesis to Revelations” -- protestant speculative mystic. Influenced
especially by Paracelsus, Boehme received little formal education, but was
successful enough as a shoemaker to devote himself to his writing, explicating
his religious experiences. He published little in his lifetime, though enough
to attract charges of heresy from local clergy. He did gather followers, and
his works were published after his death. His writings are elaborately symbolic
rather than argumentative, but respond deeply to fundamental problems in the
Christian worldview. He holds that the Godhead, omnipotent will, is as nothing
to us, since we can in no way grasp it. The Mysterium Magnum, the ideal world,
is conceived in God’s mind through an impulse to self-revelation. The actual
world, separate from God, is created through His will, and seeks to return to
the peace of the Godhead. The world is good, as God is, but its goodness falls
away, and is restored at the end of history, though not entirely, for some
souls are damned eternally. Human beings enjoy free will, and create themselves
through rebirth in faith. The Fall is necessary for the selfknowledge gained in
recovery from it. Recognition of one’s hidden, free self is a recognition of
God manifested in the world, so that human salvation completes God’s act of
self-revelation. It is also a recognition of evil rooted in the blind will
underlying all individual existence, without which there would be nothing
except the Godhead. Boehme’s works influenced Hegel and the later
Schelling.
boezio:
Possibly
the most important Italian philosopher of all time. Grice loved Boethius – “He made Aristotle intelligible at
Clifton!” -- Anicius Manlius Severinus, Roman philosopher and Aristotelian
translator and commentator. He was born into a wealthy patrician family in Rome
and had a distinguished political career under the Ostrogothic king Theodoric
before being arrested and executed on charges of treason. His logic and
philosophical theology contain important contributions to the philosophy of the
late classical and early medieval periods, and his translations of and
commentaries on Aristotle profoundly influenced the history of philosophy,
particularly in the medieval Latin West. His most famous work, The Consolation
of Philosophy, composed during his imprisonment, is a moving reflection on the
nature of human happiness and the problem of evil and contains classic
discussions of providence, fate, chance, and the apparent incompatibility of
divine foreknowledge and human free choice. He was known during his own
lifetime, however, as a brilliant scholar whose knowledge of the Grecian
language and ancient Grecian philosophy set him apart from his Latin
contemporaries. He conceived his scholarly career as devoted to preserving and
making accessible to the Latin West the great philosophical achievement of
ancient Greece. To this end he announced an ambitious plan to translate into
Latin and write commenbodily continuity Boethius, Anicius Manlius Severinus
91 91 taries on all of Plato and
Aristotle, but it seems that he achieved this goal only for Aristotle’s
Organon. His extant translations include Porphyry’s Isagoge an introduction to
Aristotle’s Categories and Aristotle’s Categories, On Interpretation, Prior
Analytics, Topics, and Sophistical Refutations. He wrote two commentaries on
the Isagoge and On Interpretation and one on the Categories, and we have what
appear to be his notes for a commentary on the Prior Analytics. His translation
of the Posterior Analytics and his commentary on the Topics are lost. He also
commented on Cicero’s Topica and wrote his own treatises on logic, including De
syllogismis hypotheticis, De syllogismis categoricis, Introductio in
categoricos syllogismos, De divisione, and De topicis differentiis, in which he
elaborates and supplements Aristotelian logic. Boethius shared the common
Neoplatonist view that the Platonist and Aristotelian systems could be
harmonized by following Aristotle in logic and natural philosophy and Plato in
metaphysics and theology. This plan for harmonization rests on a distinction
between two kinds of forms: 1 forms that are conjoined with matter to
constitute bodies these, which he calls
“images” imagines, correspond to the forms in Aristotle’s hylomorphic account
of corporeal substances; and 2 forms that are pure and entirely separate from
matter, corresponding to Plato’s ontologically separate Forms. He calls these
“true forms” and “the forms themselves.” He holds that the former, “enmattered”
forms depend for their being on the latter, pure forms. Boethius takes these
three sorts of entities bodies,
enmattered forms, and separate forms to
be the respective objects of three different cognitive activities, which
constitute the three branches of speculative philosophy. Natural philosophy is
concerned with enmattered forms as enmattered, mathematics with enmattered
forms considered apart from their matter though they cannot be separated from
matter in actuality, and theology with the pure and separate forms. He thinks
that the mental abstraction characteristic of mathematics is important for understanding
the Peripatetic account of universals: the enmattered, particular forms found
in sensible things can be considered as universal when they are considered
apart from the matter in which they inhere though they cannot actually exist
apart from matter. But he stops short of endorsing this moderately realist
Aristotelian account of universals. His commitment to an ontology that includes
not just Aristotelian natural forms but also Platonist Forms existing apart
from matter implies a strong realist view of universals. With the exception of
De fide catholica, which is a straightforward credal statement, Boethius’s
theological treatises De Trinitate, Utrum Pater et Filius, Quomodo substantiae,
and Contra Euthychen et Nestorium show his commitment to using logic and
metaphysics, particularly the Aristotelian doctrines of the categories and
predicables, to clarify and resolve issues in Christian theology. De Trinitate,
e.g., includes a historically influential discussion of the Aristotelian
categories and the applicability of various kinds of predicates to God. Running
through these treatises is his view that predicates in the category of relation
are unique by virtue of not always requiring for their applicability an
ontological ground in the subjects to which they apply, a doctrine that gave
rise to the common medieval distinction between so-called real and non-real
relations. Regardless of the intrinsic significance of Boethius’s philosophical
ideas, he stands as a monumental figure in the history of medieval philosophy
rivaled in importance only by Aristotle and Augustine. Until the recovery of
the works of Aristotle in the mid-twelfth century, medieval philosophers
depended almost entirely on Boethius’s translations and commentaries for their
knowledge of pagan ancient philosophy, and his treatises on logic continued to
be influential throughout the Middle Ages. The preoccupation of early medieval
philosophers with logic and with the problem of universals in particular is due
largely to their having been tutored by Boethius and Boethius’s Aristotle. The
theological treatises also received wide attention in the Middle Ages, giving
rise to a commentary tradition extending from the ninth century through the
Renaissance and shaping discussion of central theological doctrines such as the
Trinity and Incarnation. Refs.: Boethiius, in Stanford Encyclopaedia. Luigi Speranza, "Grice e Boezio," per Il
Club Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia. Bollettino della Società
filosofica italiana.
Bollettino della
Società filosofica italiana: the name is telling, this is a Bulletin of the
Italian Philosophical Society. Oddly, there is no English Philosophical
Society. Grice belonged to the OXFORD philosophical society. While there is Società
filosofica at Bologna, the world’s oldest varsity, Bologna was never too strong
in philosophy – when Italian philosophers preferred to teach directly to
Parisians!
boltzmann: cited by Grice in
his discussion of “Eddington’s Two Tables” -- physicist who was a spirited
advocate of the atomic theory and a pioneer in developing the kinetic theory of
gases and statistical mechanics. Boltzmann’s most famous achievements were the
transport equation, the H-theorem, and the probabilistic interpretation of
entropy. This work is summarized in his Vorlesungen über Gastheorie “Lectures
on the Theory of Gases,” 698. He held chairs in physics at the universities of
Graz, Vienna, Munich, and Leipzig before returning to Vienna as professor of
theoretical physics in 2. In 3 he succeeded Mach at Boltzmann, Ludwig
Boltzmann, Ludwig 92 92 Vienna and
lectured on the philosophy of science. In the 0s the atomic-kinetic theory was
attacked by Mach and by the energeticists led by Wilhelm Ostwald. Boltzmann’s
counterattack can be found in his Populäre Schriften “Popular Writings,” 5.
Boltzmann agreed with his critics that many of his mechanical models of gas
molecules could not be true but, like Maxwell, defended models as invaluable
heuristic tools. Boltzmann also insisted that it was futile to try to eliminate
all metaphysical pictures from theories in favor of bare equations. For
Boltzmann, the goal of physics is not merely the discovery of equations but the
construction of a coherent picture of reality. Boltzmann defended his H-theorem
against the reversibility objection of Loschmidt and the recurrence objection
of Zermelo by conceding that a spontaneous decrease in entropy was possible but
extremely unlikely. Boltzmann’s views that irreversibility depends on the
probability of initial conditions and that entropy increase determines the
direction of time are defended by Reichenbach in The Direction of Time 6.
bolzano: b., an
intentionalist philosopher considered by most as a pre-Griceian, philosopher.
He studied philosophy, mathematics, physics, and theology in Prague; received
the Ph.D.; was ordained a priest 1805; was appointed to a chair in religion at
Charles in 1806; and, owing to his
criticism of the Austrian constitution, was dismissed in 1819. He composed his
two main works from 1823 through 1841: the Wissenschaftslehre 4 vols., 1837 and
the posthumous Grössenlehre. His ontology and logical semantics influenced
Husserl and, indirectly, Lukasiewicz, Tarski, and others of the Warsaw School.
His conception of ethics and social philosophy affected both the cultural life
of Bohemia and the Austrian system of education. Bolzano recognized a profound
distinction between the actual thoughts and judgments Urteile of human beings,
their linguistic expressions, and the abstract propositions Sätze an sich and
their parts which exist independently of those thoughts, judgments, and
expressions. A proposition in Bolzano’s sense is a preexistent sequence of
ideas-as-such Vorstellungen an sich. Only propositions containing finite
ideas-as-such are accessible to the mind. Real things existing concretely in
space and time have subsistence Dasein whereas abstract objects such as
propositions have only logical existence. Adherences, i.e., forces, applied to
certain concrete substances give rise to subjective ideas, thoughts, or
judgments. A subjective idea is a part of a judgment that is not itself a
judgment. The set of judgments is ordered by a causal relation. Bolzano’s
abstract world is constituted of sets, ideas-as-such, certain properties Beschaffenheiten,
and objects constructed from these. Thus, sentence shapes are a kind of
ideas-as-such, and certain complexes of ideas-as-such constitute propositions.
Ideas-as-such can be generated from expressions of a language by postulates for
the relation of being an object of something. Analogously, properties can be
generated by postulates for the relation of something being applied to an
object. Bolzano’s notion of religion is based on his distinction between
propositions and judgments. His Lehrbuch der Religionswissenschaft 4 vols.,
1834 distinguishes between religion in the objective and subjective senses. The
former is a set of religious propositions, whereas the latter is the set of
religious views of a single person. Hence, a subjective religion can contain an
objective one. By defining a religious proposition as being moral and
imperatives the rules of utilitarianism, Bolzano integrated his notion of
religion within his ontology. In the Grössenlehre Bolzano intended to give a
detailed, well-founded exposition of contemporary mathematics and also to
inaugurate new domains of research. Natural numbers are defined, half a century
before Frege, as properties of “bijective” sets the members of which can be put
in one-to-one correspondence, and real numbers are conceived as properties of
sets of certain infinite sequences of rational numbers. The analysis of
infinite sets brought him to reject the Euclidean doctrine that the whole is
always greater than any of its parts and, hence, to the insight that a set is
infinite if and only if it is bijective to a proper subset of itself. This
anticipates Peirce and Dedekind. Bolzano’s extension of the linear continuum of
finite numbers by infinitesimals implies a relatively constructive approach to
nonstandard analysis. In the development of standard analysis the most
remarkable result of the Grössenlehre is the anticipation of Weirstrass’s
discovery that there exist nowhere differentiable continuous functions. The
Wissenschaftslehre was intended to lay the logical and epistemological
foundations of Bolzano’s mathematics. A theory of science in Bolzano’s sense is
a collection of rules for delimiting the set of scientific textbooks. Whether a
Bolzano, Bernard Bolzano, Bernard 93 93
class of true propositions is a worthwhile object of representation in a
scientific textbook is an ethical question decidable on utilitarian principles.
Bolzano proceeded from an expanded and standardized ordinary language through
which he could describe propositions and their parts. He defined the semantic
notion of truth and introduced the function corresponding to a “replacement”
operation on propositions. One of his major achievements was his definition of
logical derivability logische Ableitbarkeit between sets of propositions: B is logically
derivable from A if and only if all elements of the sum of A and B are
simultaneously true for some replacement of their non-logical ideas-as-such and
if all elements of B are true for any such replacement that makes all elements
of A true. In addition to this notion, which is similar to Tarski’s concept of
consequence of 6, Bolzano introduced a notion corresponding to Gentzen’s
concept of consequence. A proposition is universally valid allgemeingültig if
it is derivable from the null class. In his proof theory Bolzano formulated
counterparts to Gentzen’s cut rule. Bolzano introduced a notion of inductive
probability as a generalization of derivability in a limited domain. This
notion has the formal properties of conditional probability. These features and
Bolzano’s characterization of probability density by the technique of variation
are reminiscent of Vitters’s inductive logic and Carnap’s theory of regular
confirmation functions. The replacement of conceptual complexes in propositions
would, if applied to a formalized language, correspond closely to a
substitutionsemantic conception of quantification. His own philosophical
language was based on a kind of free logic. In essence, Bolzano characterized a
substitution-semantic notion of consequence with a finite number of
antecedents. His quantification over individual and general concepts amounts to
the introduction of a non-elementary logic of lowest order containing a
quantification theory of predicate variables but no set-theoretical principles
such as choice axioms. His conception of universal validity and of the semantic
superstructure of logic leads to a semantically adequate extension of the
predicate-logical version of Lewis’s system S5 of modal logic without
paradoxes. It is also possible to simulate Bolzano’s theory of probability in a
substitution-semantically constructed theory of probability functions. Hence,
by means of an ontologically parsimonious superstructure without
possible-worlds metaphysics, Bolzano was able to delimit essentially the realms
of classical logical truth and additive probability spaces. In geometry Bolzano
created a new foundation from a topological point of view. He defined the
notion of an isolated point of a set in a way reminiscent of the notion of a
point at which a set is well-dimensional in the sense of Urysohn and Menger. On
this basis he introduced his topological notion of a continuum and formulated a
recursive definition of the dimensionality of non-empty subsets of the
Euclidean 3-space, which is closely related to the inductive dimension concept
of Urysohn and Menger. In a remarkable paragraph of an unfinished late
manuscript on geometry he stated the celebrated curve theorem of Jordan.
bonaria – a church on an
Italian island – Grice sailed there during his Grand Tour to Italy and Greece.
He loved it! And he loved reading the Latin inscriptions and practicing the
Latin he had learned at Clifton. H. P.
Grice was going to visit the River Plate with Noel Coward, but he got sick -- –
or South American philosophy – “Bonaria” was settled by Italians after the
matron saint of sailors, “Bonaria,” – itself settled by Ligurians, the first
Italians to settle in Buenos Aires and the Argentine area of the River Plate --
the philosophy of South America, which is European in origin and constitutes a
chapter in the history of Western philosophy (rather than say, Japanese – there was a strong emigration
of Japanese to Buenos Aires, but they remained mainly in the dry laundry
business). Pre-Columbian (“Indian”) indigenous cultures had developed ideas
about the world that have been interpreted by some scholars as philosophical,
but there is no evidence that any of those ideas were incorporated into the
philosophy later practiced in Latin America. It is difficult to characterize
Latin American philosophy in a way applicable to all of its 500-year history.
The most one can say is that, in contrast with European and Anglo-American
philosophy, it has maintained a strong human and social interest, has been
consistently affected by Scholastic and Catholic thought, and has significantly
affected the social and political institutions in the region. South American
philosophers (especially if NOT from Buenos Aires) tend to be active in the
educational, political, and social lives of their countries and deeply
concerned with their own cultural identity (except if they are from Buenos
Aires, who have their identity well settled in Europe, as European exiles or
expatriates that that they are) The history of philosophy in Latin America can
be divided into four periods: colonial, independentist, positivist, and
contemporary. Colonial period (c.1550–c.1750). This period was dominated by the
type of Scholasticism officially practiced in the Iberian peninsula. The texts
studied were those of medieval Scholastics, primarily Aquinas and Duns Scotus,
and of their Iberian commentators, Vitoria, Soto, Fonseca, and, above all,
Suárez. The university curriculum was modeled on that of major Iberian
universities (Salamanca, Alcalá, Coimbra), and instructors produced both
systematic treatises and commentaries on classical, medieval, and contemporary
texts. The philosophical concerns in the colonies were those prevalent in Spain
and Portugal and centered on logical and metaphysical issues inherited from the
Middle Ages and on political and legal questions raised by the discovery and
colonization of America. Among the former were issues involving the logic of
terms and propositions and the problems of universals and individuation; among
the latter were questions concerning the rights of Indians and the relations of
the natives with the conquerors. The main philosophical center during the early
colonial period was Mexico; Peru became important in the seventeenth century.
Between 1700 and 1750 other centers developed, but by that time Scholasticism
had begun to decline. The founding of the Royal and Pontifical University of
Mexico in 1553 inaugurated Scholastic instruction in the New World. The first
teacher of philosophy at the university was Alonso de la Vera Cruz (c.1504–84),
an Augustinian and disciple of Soto. He composed several didactic treatises on
La Peyrère, Isaac Latin American philosophy 483 4065h-l.qxd 08/02/1999 7:40 AM
Page 483 logic, metaphysics, and science, including Recognitio summularum
(“Introductory Logic,” 1554), Dialectica resolutio (“Advanced Logic,” 1554),
and Physica speculatio (“Physics,” 1557). He also wrote a theologico-legal
work, the Speculum conjugiorum (“On Marriage,” 1572), concerned with the status
of precolonial Indian marriages. Alonso’s works are eclectic and didactic and
show the influence of Aristotle, Peter of Spain, and Vitoria in particular.
Another important Scholastic figure in Mexico was the Dominican Tomás de
Mercado (c.1530–75). He produced commentaries on the logical works of Peter of
Spain and Aristotle and a treatise on international commerce, Summa de tratos y
contratos (“On Contracts,” 1569). His other sources are Porphyry and Aquinas.
Perhaps the most important figure of the period was Antonio Rubio (1548–1615),
author of the most celebrated Scholastic book written in the New World, Logica
mexicana (“Mexican Logic,” 1605). It underwent seven editions in Europe and
became a logic textbook in Alcalá. Rubio’s sources are Aristotle, Porphyry, and
Aquinas, but he presents original treatments of several logical topics. Rubio
also commented on several of Aristotle’s other works. In Peru, two authors
merit mention. Juan Pérez Menacho (1565–1626) was a prolific writer, but only a
moral treatise, Theologia et moralis tractatus (“Treatise on Theology and
Morals”), and a commentary on Aquinas’s Summa theologiae remain. The
Chilean-born Franciscan, Alfonso Briceño (c.1587–1669), worked in Nicaragua and
Venezuela, but the center of his activities was Lima. In contrast with the Aristotelian-Thomistic
flavor of the philosophy of most of his contemporaries, Briceño was a Scotistic
Augustinian. This is evident in Celebriores controversias in primum
sententiarum Scoti (“On Scotus’s First Book of the Sentences,” 1638) and
Apologia de vita et doctrina Joannis Scotti (“Apology for John Scotus,” 1642).
Although Scholasticism dominated the intellectual life of colonial Latin
America, some authors were also influenced by humanism. Among the most
important in Mexico were Juan de Zumárraga (c.1468–1548); the celebrated
defender of the Indians, Bartolomé de Las Casas (1474–1566); Carlos Sigüenza y
Góngora (1645–1700); and Sor Juana Inés de La Cruz (1651–95). The last one is a
famous poet, now considered a precursor of the feminist movement. In Peru, Nicolás
de Olea (1635–1705) stands out. Most of these authors were trained in
Scholasticism but incorporated the concerns and ideas of humanists into their
work. Independentist period (c.1750–c.1850). Just before and immediately after
independence, leading Latin American intellectuals lost interest in Scholastic
issues and became interested in social and political questions, although they
did not completely abandon Scholastic sources. Indeed, the theories of natural
law they inherited from Vitoria and Suárez played a significant role in forming
their ideas. But they also absorbed non-Scholastic European authors. The
rationalism of Descartes and other Continental philosophers, together with the
empiricism of Locke, the social ideas of Rousseau, the ethical views of
Bentham, the skepticism of Voltaire and other Encyclopedists, the political
views of Condorcet and Montesquieu, the eclecticism of Cousin, and the ideology
of Destutt de Tracy, all contributed to the development of liberal ideas that
were a background to the independentist movement. Most of the intellectual
leaders of this movement were men of action who used ideas for practical ends,
and their views have limited theoretical value. They made reason a measure of
legitimacy in social and governmental matters, and found the justification for
revolutionary ideas in natural law. Moreover, they criticized authority; some,
regarding religion as superstitious, opposed ecclesiastical power. These ideas
paved the way for the later development of positivism. The period begins with
the weakening hold of Scholasticism on Latin American intellectuals and the
growing influence of early modern philosophy, particularly Descartes. Among the
first authors to turn to modern philosophy was Juan Benito Díaz de Gamarra y Dávalos
(1745–83) in Mexico who wrote Errores del entendimiento humano (“Errors of
Human Understanding,” 1781) and Academias filosóficas (“Philosophical
Academies,” 1774). Also in Mexico was Francisco Javier Clavijero (1731–87),
author of a book on physics and a general history of Mexico. In Brazil the turn
away from Scholasticism took longer. One of the first authors to show the
influence of modern philosophy was Francisco de Mont’Alverne (1784– 1858) in
Compêndio de filosofia (1883). These first departures from Scholasticism were
followed by the more consistent efforts of those directly involved in the
independentist movement. Among these were Simón Bolívar (1783–1830), leader of
the rebellion against Spain in the Andean countries of South America, and the Mexicans
Miguel Hidalgo y Costilla (1753– 1811), José María Morelos y Paván (1765–
1815), and José Joaquín Fernández de Lizardi Latin American philosophy Latin
American philosophy 484 4065h-l.qxd 08/02/1999 7:40 AM Page 484 (1776–1827). In
Argentina, Mariano Moreno (1778–1811), Juan Crisóstomo Lafimur (d. 1823), and
Diego Alcorta (d. 1808), among others, spread the liberal ideas that served as
a background for independence. Positivist period (c.1850–c.1910). During this
time, positivism became not only the most popular philosophy in Latin America
but also the official philosophy of some countries. After 1910, however,
positivism declined drastically. Latin American positivism was eclectic,
influenced by a variety of thinkers, including Comte, Spencer, and Haeckel.
Positivists emphasized the explicative value of empirical science while
rejecting metaphysics. According to them, all knowledge is based on experience
rather than theoretical speculation, and its value lies in its practical
applications. Their motto, preserved on the Brazilian flag, was “Order and
Progress.” This positivism left little room for freedom and values; the
universe moved inexorably according to mechanistic laws. Positivism was a
natural extension of the ideas of the independentists. It was, in part, a
response to the needs of the newly liberated countries of Latin America. After
independence, the concerns of Latin American intellectuals shifted from
political liberation to order, justice, and progress. The beginning of
positivism can be traced to the time when Latin America, responding to these
concerns, turned to the views of French socialists such as Saint-Simon and
Fourier. The Argentinians Esteban Echevarría (1805–51) and Juan Bautista
Alberdi (1812–84) were influenced by them. Echevarría’s Dogma socialista
(“Socialist Dogma,” 1846) combines socialist ideas with eighteenth-century
rationalism and literary Romanticism, and Alberdi follows suit, although he
eventually turned toward Comte. Alberdi is, moreover, the first Latin American
philosopher to worry about developing a philosophy adequate to the needs of
Latin America. In Ideas (1842), he stated that philosophy in Latin America
should be compatible with the economic, political, and social requirements of
the region. Another transitional thinker, influenced by both Scottish
philosophy and British empiricism, was the Venezuelan Andrés Bello (1781–1865).
A prolific writer, he is the most important Latin American philosopher of the
nineteenth century. His Filosofía del entendimiento (“Philosophy of
Understanding,” 1881) reduces metaphysics to psychology. Bello also developed
original ideas about language and history. After 1829, he worked in Chile,
where his influence was strongly felt. The generation of Latin American
philosophers after Alberdi and Bello was mostly positivistic. Positivism’s
heyday was the second half of the nineteenth century, but two of its most
distinguished advocates, the Argentinian José Ingenieros (1877–1925) and the
Cuban Enrique José Varona (1849–1933), worked well into the twentieth century.
Both modified positivism in important ways. Ingenieros left room for
metaphysics, which, according to him, deals in the realm of the
“yet-to-be-experienced.” Among his most important books are Hacia una moral sin
dogmas (“Toward a Morality without Dogmas,” 1917), where the influence of
Emerson is evident, Principios de psicologia (“Principles of Psychology,”
1911), where he adopts a reductionist approach to psychology, and El hombre
mediocre (“The Mediocre Man,” 1913), an inspirational book popular among Latin
American youths. In Conferencias filosóficas (“Philosophical Lectures,”
1880–88), Varona went beyond the mechanistic explanations of behavior common
among positivists. In Mexico the first and leading positivist was Gabino Barreda
(1818–81), who reorganized Mexican education under President Juárez. An ardent
follower of Comte, Barreda made positivism the basis of his educational
reforms. He was followed by Justo Sierra (1848–1912), who turned toward Spencer
and Darwin and away from Comte, criticizing Barreda’s dogmatism. Positivism was
introduced in Brazil by Tobias Barreto (1839–89) and Silvio Romero (1851– 1914)
in Pernambuco, around 1869. In 1875 Benjamin Constant (1836–91) founded the
Positivist Society in Rio de Janeiro. The two most influential exponents of
positivism in the country were Miguel Lemos (1854–1916) and Raimundo Teixeira
Mendes (1855–1927), both orthodox followers of Comte. Positivism was more than
a technical philosophy in Brazil. Its ideas spread widely, as is evident from
the inclusion of positivist ideas in the first republican constitution. The
most prominent Chilean positivists were José Victorino Lastarria (1817–88) and
Valentín Letelier (1852–1919). More dogmatic adherents to the movement were the
Lagarrigue brothers, Jorge (d. 1894), Juan Enrique (d. 1927), and Luis (d.
1953), who promoted positivism in Chile well after it had died everywhere else
in Latin America. Contemporary period (c.1910–present). Contemporary Latin
American philosophy began Latin American philosophy Latin American philosophy
485 4065h-l.qxd 08/02/1999 7:40 AM Page 485 with the demise of positivism. The
first part of the period was dominated by thinkers who rebelled against
positivism. The principal figures, called the Founders by Francisco Romero,
were Alejandro Korn (1860–1936) in Argentina, Alejandro Octavio Deústua
(1849–1945) in Peru, José Vasconcelos (1882–1959) and Antonio Caso (1883–1946)
in Mexico, Enrique Molina (1871– 1964) in Chile, Carlos Vaz Ferreira
(1872–1958) in Uruguay, and Raimundo de Farias Brito (1862–1917) in Brazil. In
spite of little evidence of interaction among these philosophers, their aims
and concerns were similar. Trained as positivists, they became dissatisfied
with positivism’s dogmatic intransigence, mechanistic determinism, and emphasis
on pragmatic values. Deústua mounted a detailed criticism of positivistic
determinism in Las ideas de orden y de libertad en la historia del pensamiento
humano (“The Ideas of Order and Freedom in the History of Human Thought,”
1917–19). About the same time, Caso presented his view of man as a spiritual
reality that surpasses nature in La existencia como economía, como desinterés y
como caridad (“Existence as Economy, Disinterestedness, and Charity,” 1916).
Following in Caso’s footsteps and inspired by Pythagoras and the Neoplatonists,
Vasconcelos developed a metaphysical system with aesthetic roots in El monismo
estético (“Aesthetic Monism,” 1918). An even earlier criticism of positivism is
found in Vaz Ferreira’s Lógica viva (“Living Logic,” 1910), which contrasts the
abstract, scientific logic favored by positivists with a logic of life based on
experience, which captures reality’s dynamic character. The earliest attempt at
developing an alternative to positivism, however, is found in Farias Brito.
Between 1895 and 1905 he published a trilogy, Finalidade do mundo (“The World’s
Goal”), in which he conceived the world as an intellectual activity which he
identified with God’s thought, and thus as essentially spiritual. The intellect
unites and reflects reality but the will divides it. Positivism was superseded
by the Founders with the help of ideas imported first from France and later
from Germany. The process began with the influence of Étienne Boutroux
(1845–1921) and Bergson and of French vitalism and intuitionism, but it was
cemented when Ortega y Gasset introduced into Latin America the thought of
Scheler, Nicolai Hartmann, and other German philosophers during his visit to
Argentina in 1916. The influence of Bergson was present in most of the
founders, particularly Molina, who in 1916 wrote La filosofía de Bergson (“The
Philosophy of Bergson”). Korn was exceptional in turning to Kant in his search
for an alternative to positivism. In La libertad creadora (“Creative Freedom,”
1920–22), he defends a creative concept of freedom. In Axiología (“Axiology,”
1930), his most important work, he defends a subjectivist position. The impact
of German philosophy, including Hegel, Marx, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, and the
neo-Kantians, and of Ortega’s philosophical perspectivism and historicism, were
strongly felt in the generation after the founders. The Mexican Samuel Ramos
(1897–1959), the Argentinians Francisco Romero (1891–1962) and Carlos Astrada
(1894–1970), the Brazilian Alceu Amoroso Lima (1893–1982), the Peruvian José
Carlos Mariátegui (1895–1930), and others followed the Founders’ course,
attacking positivism and favoring, in many instances, a philosophical style
that contrasted with its scientistic emphasis. The most important of these
figures was Romero, whose Theory of Man (1952) developed a systematic
philosophical anthropology in the context of a metaphysics of transcendence.
Reality is arranged according to degrees of transcendence, the lowest of which
is the physical and the highest the spiritual. The bases of Ramos’s thought are
found in Ortega as well as in Scheler and N. Hartmann. Ramos appropriated
Ortega’s perspectivism and set out to characterize the Mexican situation in
Profile of Man and Culture in Mexico (1962). Some precedent existed for the
interest in the culturally idiosyncratic in Vasconcelos’s Raza cósmica (“Cosmic
Race,” 1925), but Ramos opened the doors to a philosophical awareness of Latin
American culture that has been popular ever since. Ramos’s most traditional
work, Hacia un nuevo humanismo (“Toward a New Humanism,” 1940), presents a
philosophical anthropology of Orteguean inspiration. Astrada studied in Germany
and adopted existential and phenomenological ideas in El juego existential
(“The Existential Game,” 1933), while criticizing Scheler’s axiology. Later, he
turned toward Hegel and Marx in Existencialismo y crisis de la filosofía
(“Existentialism and the Crisis of Philosophy,” 1963). Amoroso Lima worked in
the Catholic tradition and his writings show the influence of Maritain. His O
espírito e o mundo (“Spirit and World,” 1936) and Idade, sexo e tempo (“Age,
Sex, and Time,” 1938) present a spiritual view of human beings, which he
contrasted with Marxist and existentialist views. Mariátegui is the most distinguished
representative of MarxLatin American phiism in Latin America. His Siete ensayos
de interpretación de la realidad peruana (“Seven Essays on the Interpretation
of Peruvian Reality,” 1928) contains an important statement of social
philosophy, in which he uses Marxist ideas freely to analyze the Peruvian
sociopolitical situation. In the late 1930s and 1940s, as a consequence of the
political upheaval created by the Spanish Civil War, a substantial group of
peninsular philosophers settled in Latin America. Among the most influential
were Joaquín Xirau (1895– 1946), Eduardo Nicol (b.1907), Luis Recaséns Siches
(b.1903), Juan D. García Bacca (b.1901), and, perhaps most of all, José Gaos
(1900–69). Gaos, like Caso, was a consummate teacher, inspiring many students.
Apart from the European ideas they brought, these immigrants introduced
methodologically more sophisticated ways of doing philosophy, including the
practice of studying philosophical sources in the original languages. Moreover,
they helped to promote Pan-American communication. The conception of hispanidad
they had inherited from Unamuno and Ortega helped the process. Their influence
was felt particularly by the generation born around 1910. With this generation,
Latin American philosophy established itself as a professional and reputable
discipline, and philosophical organizations, research centers, and journals
sprang up. The core of this generation worked in the German tradition. Risieri
Frondizi (Argentina, 1910–83), Eduardo García Máynez (Mexico, b.1908), Juan
Llambías de Azevedo (Uruguay, 1907–72), and Miguel Reale (Brazil, b.1910) were
all influenced by Scheler and N. Hartmann and concerned themselves with
axiology and philosophical anthropology. Frondizi, who was also influenced by
empiricist philosophy, defended a functional view of the self in Substancia y
función en el problema del yo (“The Nature of the Self,” 1952) and of value as
a Gestalt quality in Qué son los valores? (“What is Value?” 1958). Apart from
these thinkers, there were representatives of other traditions in this
generation. Following Ramos, Leopoldo Zea (Mexico, b.1912) stimulated the study
of the history of ideas in Mexico and initiated a controversy that still rages
concerning the identity and possibility of a truly Latin American philosophy.
Representing existentialism was Vicente Ferreira da Silva (Brazil, b.1916), who
did not write much but presented a vigorous criticism of what he regarded as
Hegelian and Marxist subjectivism in Ensaios filosóficos (“Philosophical Essays,”
1948). Before he became interested in existentialism, he had been interested in
logic, publishing the first textbook of mathematical logic written in South
America – Elementos de lógica matemática (“Elements of Mathematical Logic,”
1940). A philosopher whose interest in mathematical logic moved him away from
phenomenology is Francisco Miró Quesada (Peru, b.1918). He explored rationality
and eventually the perspective of analytic philosophy. Owing to the influence
of Maritain, several members of this generation adopted a NeoThomistic or
Scholastic approach. The main figures to do so were Oswaldo Robles (b.1904) in
Mexico, Octavio Nicolás Derisi (b.1907) in Argentina, Alberto Wagner de Reyna
(b.1915) in Peru, and Clarence Finlayson (1913–54) in Chile and Colombia. Even
those authors who worked in this tradition addressed issues of axiology and
philosophical anthropology. There was, therefore, considerable thematic unity
in South American philosophy. The overall orientation was not drastically
different from the preceding period. The Founders vitalism against positivism,
and the following generation, with Ortega’s help, took over the process,
incorporating spiritualism and the new ideas introduced by phenomenology and
existentialism to continue in a similar direction. As a result, the
phenomenology amd existentialism dominated philosophy in South America. To this
must be added the renewed impetus of neoScholasticism. Few philosophers worked
outside these philosophical currents, and those who did had no institutional
power. Among these were sympathizers of philosophical analysis, and those who
contributed to the continuing development of Marxism. This situation has begun
to change substantially as a result of a renewed interest in Marxism, the
progressive influence of Oxford analytic philosophy (with a number of
philosophers from Buenos Aires studying usually under British-Council
scholarships, under P. F. Strawson, D. F. Pears, H. L. A. Hart, and others –
these later founded the Buenos-Aires-based Argentine Society for Philosophical
Analysis --. In Buenos Aires, English philosophy and culture in general is
rated higher than others, due to the influence of the British emigration to the
River-Plate area – The pragmatics of H. P. Grice is particularly influential in
that it brings a breath of fresh area to the more ritualistic approach as
favoured by his nemesis, J. L. Austin --. American philosophers are uually read
provided they, too, had the proper Oxonian education or background -- and the
development of a new philosophical current called the philosophy of liberation.
Moreover, the question raised by Zea concerning the identity and possibility of
a South American philosophy remains a focus of attention and controversy. And,
more recently, there has been interest in postmodernism, the theory of
communicative action, deconstructionism, neopragmatism, and feminism. Socialist
thought is not new to South America. In this century, Emilio Frugoni
(1880–1969) in Uruguay and Mariátegui in Peru, among others, adopted a Marxist
perspective, although a heterodox one. But only in the last three decades has
Marxism been taken seriously in Latin American academic circles. Indeed, until
recently Marxism was a marginal philosophical movement in Latin America. The
popularity of the Marxist perspective has made possible its increasing
institutionalization. Among its most important thinkers are Adolfo Sánchez
Vázquez (Spain, b.1915), Vicente Lombardo Toledano (b.1894) and Eli de Gortari
(b.1918) in Mexico, and Caio Prado Júnior (1909–86) in Brazil. In contrast to
Marxism, philosophical analysis arrived late in Latin America and, owing to its
technical and academic character, has not yet influenced more than a relatively
small number of philosophers – and also because in the milieu of Buenos Aires,
the influence of French culture is considered to have much more prestige in
mainstream culture than the more parochial empiricist brand coming from the
British Isles – unless it’s among the Friends of the Argentine Centre for
English Culture. German philosophy is considered rough in contrast to the
pleasing to the ear sounds of French philosophy, and Buenos Aires locals find
the very sound of the long German philosophical terms a source of amusement and
mirth. Since Buenos Aires habitants are Italians, it is logical that they do
not have much affinity for Italian philosophy, which they think it’s too local
and less extravagant than the French. There was a strong immigration of German
philosophers to Buenos Aires after the end of the Second World War, too.
Colonials from New Zealand, Australia, Canada, or the former colonies in North
America are never as welcomed in Buenos Aires as those from the very Old World.
The reason is obvious: as being New-Worlders, if they are going to be educated,
it is by Older-Worlders – Nobody in Buenos Aires would follow a New-World
philosopher or a colonial philosopher – but at most a school which originated
in the Continent of Europe. The British are regarded as by nature
unphilosophical and to follow a British philosopher in Buenos Aires is
considered an English joke! Nonetheless, and thanks in part to its high
theoretical caliber, analysis has become one of the most forceful philosophical
currents in the region. The publication of journals with an analytic bent such
as Crítica in Mexico, Análisis Filosófico in Argentina, and Manuscrito in
Brazil, the foundation of The Sociedad Argentina de Análisis Filosófico (SADAF)
in Argentina and the Sociedad Filosófica Iberoamericana (SOFIA) in Mexico, and
the growth of analytic publications in high-profile journals of neutral
philosophical orientation, such as Revista Latinoamericana de Filosofía,
indicate that philosophical analysis is well established in at least the most
European bit of the continent: the river Plate area of Buenos Aires. The main
centers of analytic activity are Buenos Aires, on the River Plate, and far
afterwards, the much less British-influenced centers like Mexico City, or the
provincial varsity of Campinas and São Paulo in Brazil. The interests of South
American philosophical analysts center on questions of pragmatics, rather than
semantics, -- and are generally sympathetic to Griceian developments -- ethical
and legal philosophy, the philosophy of science, and more recently cognitive
science. Among its most important proponents are Genaro R. Carrio (b.1922),
Gregorio Klimovsky (b.1922), and Tomas Moro Simpson (b.1929), E. A. Rabossi (b.
Buenos Aires), O. N. Guariglia (b. Buenos Aires), in Argentina – Strawson was a
frequent lecturer at the Argentine Society for Philosopohical Analysis, and
many other Oxonian philosophers on sabbatical leave. The Argentine Society for
Philosophical Analysis, usually in conjunction with the Belgravia-based
Anglo-Argentine Society organize seminars and symposia – when an Argentine
philosopher emigrates he ceases to be considered an Argentine philosopher –
students who earn their maximal degrees overseas are not counted either as
Argentine philosophers by Argentine (or specifically Buenos Aires) philosophers
(They called them braindrained, brainwashed!) Luis Villoro (Spain, b. 1922) in
Mexico; Francisco Miró Quesada in Peru; Roberto Torretti (Chile, b.1930) in
Puerto Rico; Mario Bunge (Argentina, b.1919), who emigrated to Canada; and
Héctor-Neri Castañeda (Guatemala, 1924–91). The philosophy of liberation is an
autochthonous Latin American movement that mixes an emphasis on Latin American
intellectual independence with Catholic and Marxist ideas. The historicist
perspective of Leopoldo Zea, the movement known as the theology of liberation,
and some elements from the national-popular Peronist ideology prepared the
ground for it. The movement started in the early 1970s with a group of
Argentinian philosophers, who, owing to the military repression of 1976–83 in
Argentina, went into exile in various countries of Latin America. This early
diaspora created permanent splits in the movement and spread its ideas
throughout the region. Although proponents of this viewpoint do not always
agree on their goals, they share the notion of liberation as a fundamental
concept: the liberation from the slavery imposed on Latin America by imported
ideologies and the development of a genuinely autochthonous thought resulting
from reflection on the South American reality. As such, their views are an extension
of the thought of Ramos and others who earlier in the century initiated the
discussion of the cultural identity of South America.
bonum: One of the four
transcendentals, along with ‘unum,’ ‘pulchrum,’ and ‘verum’. Grice makes fun of
Hare n “Language of Morals.” To what extent is Hare saying that to say ‘x is
good’ means ‘I approve of x’? (Strictly: “To say that something is good is to
recommend it”). To say " I approve of x "
is in part to do the same thing as when we say " x is good " a
statement of the form " X is good" strictly designates " I approve of X "
and suggests " Do so as well". It should be in Part II to
“Language of Morals”. Old Romans did not have an article, so for them it is
unum, bonum, verum, and pulchrum. They were trying to translate the very
articled Grecian things, ‘to agathon,’ ‘to alethes,’ and ‘to kallon.’ The three
references given by Liddell and Scott are good ones. τὸ ἀ., the good,
Epich.171.5, cf. Pl.R.506b, 508e, Arist.Metaph.1091a31, etc. The Grecian Grice
is able to return to the ‘article’. Grice has an early essay on ‘the good,’ and
he uses the same expression at Oxford for the Locke lectures when looking for a
‘desiderative’ equivalent to ‘the true.’ Hare had dedicated the full part of
his “Language of Morals” to ‘good,’ so Grice is well aware of the centrality of
the topic. He was irritated by what he called a performatory approach to the
good, where ‘x is good’ =df. ‘I approve of x.’ Surely that’s a conversational implicaturum.
However, in his analysis of reasoning (the demonstratum – since he uses the
adverb ‘demonstrably’ as a marker of pretty much like ‘concusively,’ as applied
to both credibility and desirability, we may focus on what Grice sees as
‘bonum’ as one of the ‘absolutes,’ the absolute in the desirability realm, as
much as the ‘verum’ is the absolute in the credibility realm. Grice has an
excellent argument regarding ‘good.’ His example is ‘cabbage,’ but also
‘sentence.’ Grice’s argument is to turn the disimpicatum into an explicitum. To
know what a ‘cabbage,’ or a formula is, you need to know first what a ‘good’
cabbage is or a ‘well-formed formula,’ is. An ill-formed sentence is not deemed
by Grice a sentence. This means that we define ‘x’ as ‘optimum x.’ This is not
so strange, seeing that ‘optimum’ is actually the superlative of ‘bonum’ (via
the comparative). It does not require very sharp
eyes, but only the willingness to use the eyes one has, to see that our speech
and thought are permeated with the notion of purpose; to say what a certain
kind of thing is is only too frequently partly to say what it is for. This
feature applies to our talk and thought of, for example, ships, shoes, sealing
wax, and kings; and, possibly and perhaps most excitingly, it extends even to
cabbages.“There is a range of cases in which, so far from its being the
case that, typically, one first learns what it is to be a F and then, at the
next stage, learns what criteria distinguish a good F from a F which is less
good, or not good at all, one needs first to learn what it is to be a good F,
and then subsequently to learn what degree of approximation to being a good F
will qualify an item as a F; if the gap between some item x and good Fs is
sufficently horrendous, x is debarred from counting as a F at all, even as a
bad F.”“In the John Locke Lectures, I called a concept which exhibits this
feature as a ‘value-paradeigmatic’ concept. One example of a
value-paradeigmatic concept is the concept of reasoning; another, I now suggest,
is that of sentence. It may well be that the existence of value-oriented
concepts (¢b ¢ 2 . • • . ¢n) depends on the prior existence of pre-rational
concepts ( ¢~, ¢~ . . . . ¢~), such that an item x qualifies for the
application of the concept ¢ 2 if and only if x satisfies a rationally-approved
form or version of the corresponding pre-rational concept ¢'. We have a
(primary) example of a step in reasoning only if we have a transition of a
certain rationally approved kind from one thought or utterance to another. ---
bonum commune -- common good, a normative standard in Thomistic and
Neo-Thomistic ethics for evaluating the justice of social, legal, and political
arrangements, referring to those arrangements that promote the full flourishing
of everyone in the community. Every good can be regarded as both a goal to be
sought and, when achieved, a source of human fulfillment. A common good is any
good sought by and/or enjoyed by two or more persons as friendship is a good
common to the friends; the common good is the good of a “perfect” i.e.,
complete and politically organized human community a good that is the common goal of all who
promote the justice of that community, as well as the common source of
fulfillment of all who share in those just arrangements. ‘Common’ is an
analogical term referring to kinds and degrees of sharing ranging from mere
similarity to a deep ontological communion. Thus, any good that is a genuine
perfection of our common human nature is a common good, as opposed to merely
idiosyncratic or illusory goods. But goods are common in a deeper sense when
the degree of sharing is more than merely coincidental: two children engaged in
parallel play enjoy a good in common, but they realize a common good more fully
by engaging each other in one game; similarly, if each in a group watches the
same good movie alone at home, they have enjoyed a good in common but they
realize this good at a deeper level when they watch the movie together in a
theater and discuss it afterward. In short, common good includes aggregates of
private, individual goods but transcends these aggregates by the unique
fulfillment afforded by mutuality, shared activity, and communion of persons.
As to the sources in Thomistic ethics for this emphasis on what is deeply
shared over what merely coincides, the first is Aristotle’s understanding of us
as social and political animals: many aspects of human perfection, on this
view, can be achieved only through shared activities in communities, especially
the political community. The second is Christian Trinitarian theology, in which
the single Godhead involves the mysterious communion of three divine “persons,”
the very exemplar of a common good; human personhood, by analogy, is similarly
perfected only in a relationship of social communion. The achievement of such
intimately shared goods requires very complex and delicate arrangements of
coordination to prevent the exploitation and injustice that plague shared
endeavors. The establishment and maintenance of these social, legal, and
political arrangements is “the” common good of a political society, because the
enjoyment of all goods is so dependent upon the quality and the justice of
those arrangements. The common good of the political community includes, but is
not limited to, public goods: goods characterized by non-rivalry and
non-excludability and which, therefore, must generally be provided by public
institutions. By the principle of subsidiarity, the common good is best
promoted by, in addition to the state, many lower-level non-public societies,
associations, and individuals. Thus, religiously affiliated schools educating
non-religious minority chilcommission common good 161 161 dren might promote the common good
without being public goods.
booleian: algebra: Peirce
was irritated by the spelling “Boolean” “Surely it is Booleian.” 1 an ordered
triple B,†,3, where B is a set containing at least two elements and † and 3 are
unary and binary operations in B such that i a 3 b % b 3 a, ii a 3 b 3 c % a 3
b 3 c, iii a 3 † a % b 3 † b, and iv a 3 b = a if and only if a 3 † b % a 3 †
a; 2 the theboo-hurrah theory Boolean algebra 95 95 ory of such algebras. Such structures are
modern descendants of algebras published by the mathematician G. Boole in 1847
and representing the first successful algebraic treatment of logic.
Interpreting † and 3 as negation and conjunction, respectively, makes Boolean
algebra a calculus of propositions. Likewise, if B % {T,F} and † and 3 are the
truth-functions for negation and conjunction, then B,†,3 the truth table for those two
connectives forms a two-element Boolean
algebra. Picturing a Boolean algebra is simple. B,†,3 is a full subset algebra
if B is the set of all subsets of a given set and † and 3 are set
complementation and intersection, respectively. Then every finite Boolean
algebra is isomorphic to a full subset algebra, while every infinite Boolean
algebra is isomorphic to a subalgebra of such an algebra. It is for this reason
that Boolean algebra is often characterized as the calculus of classes.
bootstrap: Grice certainly
didn’t have a problem with meta-langauge paradoxes. Two of his maxims are self
refuting and ‘sic’-ed: “be perspicuous [sic]” and “be brief (avoid unnecessary
prolixity) [sic].” The principle introduced by Grice in “Prejudices and
predilections; which become, the life and opinions of H. P. Grice,” to limit
the power of the meta-language. The weaker your metalanguage the easier you’ll
be able to pull yourself by your own bootstraps. He uses bootlaces in
“Metaphysics, Philosophical Eschatology, and Plato’s Republic.”
border-line: case, in the
logical sense, a case that falls within the “gray area” or “twilight zone”
associated with a vague concept; in the pragmatic sense, a doubtful, disputed,
or arguable case. These two senses are not mutually exclusive, of course. A
moment of time near sunrise or sunset may be a borderline case of daytime or
nighttime in the logical sense, but not in the pragmatic sense. A sufficiently
freshly fertilized ovum may be a borderline case of a person in both senses.
Fermat’s hypothesis, or any of a large number of other disputed mathematical
propositions, may be a borderline case in the pragmatic sense but not in the
logical sense. A borderline case per se in either sense need not be a limiting
case or a degenerate case.
bosanquet: b.: Cited by H. P. Grice. Very English
philosopher (almost like Austin or Grice), the most systematic Oxford absolute
idealist and, with F. H. Bradley, the leading Oxford defender of absolute
idealism. Although he derived his last name from Huguenot ancestors, Bosanquet
was thoroughly English. Born at Altwick and educated at Harrow and Balliol,
Oxford, he was for eleven years a fellow of
University College, Oxford. The death of his father in 0 and the
resulting inheritance enabled Bosanquet to leave Oxford for London and a career
as a writer and social activist. While writing, he taught courses for the London
Ethical Society’s Center for Extension
and donated time to the Charity Organization Society. In 5 he married his
coworker in the Charity Organization Society, Helen Dendy, who was also the
translator of Christoph Sigwart’s Logic. Bosanquet was professor of moral
philosophy at St. Andrews from 3 to 8. He gave the Gifford Lectures in 1 and 2.
Otherwise he lived in London until his death. Bosanquet’s most comprehensive
work, his two-volume Gifford Lectures, The Principle of Individuality and Value
and The Value and Destiny of the Individual, covers most aspects of his
philosophy. In The Principle of Individuality and Value he argues that the
search for truth proceeds by eliminating contradictions in experience. For
Bosanquet a contradiction arises when there are incompatible interpretations of
the same fact. This involves making distinctions that harmonize the
incompatible interpretations in a larger body of knowledge. Bosanquet thought
there was no way to arrest this process short of recognizing that all human
experience forms a comprehensive whole which is reality. Bosanquet called this
totality “the Absolute.” Just as conflicting interpretations of the same fact
find harmonious places in the Absolute, so conflicting desires are also
included. The Absolute thus satisfies all desires and provides Bosanquet’s
standard for evaluating other objects. This is because in his view the value of
an object is determined by its ability to satisfy desires. From this Bosanquet
concluded that human beings, as fragments of the Absolute, acquire greater
value as they realize themselves by partaking more fully in the Absolute. In
The Value and Destiny of the Individual Bosanquet explained how human beings
could do this. As finite, human beings face obstacles they cannot overcome; yet
they desire the good i.e., the Absolute which for Bosanquet overcomes all
obstacles and satisfies all desires. Humans can best realize a desire for the
good, Bosanquet thinks, by surrendering their private desires for the sake of
the good. This attitude of surrender, which Bosanquet calls the religious
consciousness, relates human beings to what is permanently valuable in reality
and increases their own value and satisfaction accordingly. Bosanquet’s defense
of this metaphysical vision rests heavily on his first major work, Logic or the
Morphology of Knowledge 8; 2d ed., 1. As the subtitle indicates, Bosanquet took
the subject matter of Logic to be the structure of knowledge. Like Hegel, who
was in many ways his inspiration, Bosanquet thought that the nature of
knowledge was defined by structures repeated in different parts of knowledge.
He called these structures forms of judgment and tried to show that simple
judgments are dependent on increasingly complex ones and finally on an
all-inclusive judgment that defines reality. For example, the simplest element
of knowledge is a demonstrative judgment like “This is hot.” But making such a
judgment presupposes understanding the contrast between ‘this’ and ‘that’.
Demonstrative judgments thus depend on comparative judgments like “This is
hotter than that.” Since these judgments are less dependent on other judgments,
they more fully embody human knowledge. Bosanquet claimed that the series of
increasingly complex judgments are not arranged in a simple linear order but
develop along different branches finally uniting in disjunctive judgments that
attribute to reality an exhaustive set of mutually exclusive alternatives which
are themselves judgments. When one contained judgment is asserted on the basis
of another, a judgment containing both is an inference. For Bosanquet
inferences are mediated judgments that assert their conclusions based on
grounds. When these grounds are made fully explicit in a judgment containing
them, that judgment embodies the nature of inference: that one must accept the
conclusion or reject the whole of knowledge. Since for Bosanquet the difference
between any judgment and the reality it represents is that a judgment is
composed of ideas that abstract from reality, a fully comprehensive judgment
includes all aspects of reality. It is thus identical to reality. By locating
all judgments within this one, Bosanquet claimed to have described the
morphology of knowledge as well as to have shown that thought is identical to
reality. Bosanquet removed an objection to this identification in History of
Aesthetics 2, where he traces the development of the philosophy of the
beautiful from its inception through absolute idealism. According to Plato and
Aristotle beauty is found in imitations of reality, while in objective idealism
it is reality in sensuous form. Drawing heavily on Kant, Bosanquet saw this
process as an overcoming of the opposition between sense and reason by showing
how a pleasurable feeling can partake of reason. He thought that absolute
idealism explained this by showing that we experience objects as beautiful
because their sensible qualities exhibit the unifying activity of reason.
Bosanquet treated the political implications of absolute idealism in his
Philosophical Theory of the State 8; 3d ed., 0, where he argues that humans
achieve their ends only in communities. According to Bosanquet, all humans
rationally will their own ends. Because their ends differ from moment to
moment, the ends they rationally will are those that harmonize their desires at
particular moments. Similarly, because the ends of different individuals
overlap and conflict, what they rationally will are ends that harmonize their
desires, which are the ends of humans in communities. They are willed by the
general will, the realization of which is self-rule or liberty. This provides
the rational ground of political obligation, since the most comprehensive
system of modern life is the state, the end of which is the realization of the
best life for its citizens. Refs.: H. P. Grice, “Bosanquet’s implicaturum.”
boscovich: An example of
minimalism, according to Grice. Roger Joseph, or Rudjer Josip Bos v kovic’,
philosopher. Born of Serbian and
parents, he was a Jesuit and polymath best known for his A Theory of
Natural Philosophy Reduced to a Single Law of the Actions Existing in Nature.
This work attempts to explain all physical phenomena in terms of the
attractions and repulsions of point particles puncta that are indistinguishable
in their intrinsic qualitative properties. According to Boscovich’s single law,
puncta at a certain distance attract, until upon approaching one another they
reach a point at which they repel, and eventually reach equilibrium. Thus,
Boscovich defends a form of dynamism, or the theory that nature is to be
understood in terms of force and not mass where forces are functions of time
and distance. By dispensing with extended substance, Boscovich avoided
epistemological difficulties facing Locke’s natural philosophy and anticipated
developments in modern physics. Among those influenced by Boscovich were Kant
who defended a version of dynamism, Faraday, James Clerk Maxwell, and Lord
Kelvin. Boscovich’s theory has proved to be empirically inadequate to account
for phenomena such as light. A philosophical difficulty for Boscovich’s puncta,
which are physical substances, arises out of their zero-dimensionality. It is
plausible that any power must have a basis in an object’s intrinsic properties,
and puncta appear to lack such support for their powers. However, it is
extensional properties that puncta lack, and Boscovich could argue that the
categorial property of being an unextended spatial substance provides the
needed basis.
bouwsma: Gruce:
“Philosopher almost impossible to pronounce.” -- o. k., philosopher, a
practitioner of ordinary language philosophy and celebrated teacher. Through
work on Moore and contact with students such as Norman Malcolm and Morris
Lazerowitz, whom he sent from Nebraska to work with Moore, Bouwsma discovered
Vitters. He became known for conveying an understanding of Vitters’s techniques
of philosophical analysis through his own often humorous grasp of sense and
nonsense. Focusing on a particular pivotal sentence in an argument, he provided
imaginative surroundings for it, showing how, in the philosopher’s mouth, the
sentence lacked sense. He sometimes described this as “the method of failure.”
In connection with Descartes’s evil genius, e.g., Bouwsma invents an elaborate
story in which the evil genius tries but fails to permanently deceive by means
of a totally paper world. Our inability to imagine such a deception undermines
the sense of the evil genius argument. His writings are replete with similar
stories, analogies, and teases of sense and nonsense for such philosophical standards
as Berkeley’s idealism, Moore’s theory of sensedata, and Anselm’s ontological
argument. Bouwsma did not advocate theories nor put forward refutations of
other philosophers’ views. His talent lay rather in exposing some central
sentence in an argument as disguised nonsense. In this, he went beyond Vitters,
working out the details of the latter’s insights into language. In addition to
this appropriation of Vitters, Bouwsma also appropriated Kierkegaard,
understanding him too as one who dispelled philosophical illusions those arising from the attempt to understand
Christianity. The ordinary language of religious philosophy was that of
scriptures. He drew upon this language in his many essays on religious themes. His
religious dimension made whole this person who gave no quarter to traditional
metaphysics. His papers are published under the titles Philosophical Essays,
Toward a New Sensibility, Without Proof or Evidence, and Vitters Conversations
951. His philosophical notebooks are housed at the Humanities Research Center
in Austin, Texas.
boyle: r.: Grice was a
closet corpularianist. a major figure in seventeenthcentury natural philosophy.
To his contemporaries he was “the restorer” in England of the mechanical
philosophy. His program was to replace the vacuous explanations characteristic
of Peripateticism the “quality of whiteness” in snow explains why it dazzles
the eyes by explanations employing the “two grand and most catholic principles
of bodies, matter and motion,” matter being composed of corpuscles, with motion
“the grand agent of all that happens in nature.” Boyle wrote influentially on
scientific methodology, emphasizing experimentation a Baconian influence,
experimental precision, and the importance of devising “good and excellent”
hypotheses. The dispute with Spinoza on the validation of explanatory
hypotheses contrasted Boyle’s experimental way with Spinoza’s way of rational
analysis. The 1670s dispute with Henry More on the ontological grounds of
corporeal activity confronted More’s “Spirit of Nature” with the “essential
modifications” motion and the “seminal principle” of activity with which Boyle
claimed God had directly endowed matter. As a champion of the corpuscularian
philosophy, Boyle was an important link in the development before Locke of the
distinction between primary and secondary qualities. A leading advocate of
natural theology, he provided in his will for the establishment of the Boyle
Lectures to defend Protestant Christianity against atheism and materialism.
bradley: One of the few
English philosophers who saw philosophy, correctly, as a branch of literature!
(Essay-writing, strictly). f. h., Cited by H. P. Grice in “Prolegomena,” now
repr. in “Studies in the Way of Words.” Also in Grice, “Metaphysics,” in D. F.
Pears, “The nature of metaphysics,” -- the most original and influential
nineteenth-century British idealist. Born at Clapham, he was the fourth son of
an evangelical minister. His younger brother A. C. Bradley was a well-known
Shakespearean critic. From 1870 until his death Bradley was a fellow of Merton
, Oxford. A kidney ailment, which first occurred in 1871, compelled him to lead
a retiring life. This, combined with his forceful literary style, his love of
irony, the dedication of three of his books to an unknown woman, and acclaim as
the greatest British idealist since Berkeley, has lent an aura of mystery to
his personal life. The aim of Bradley’s first important work, Ethical Studies
1876, is not to offer guidance for dealing with practical moral problems Bradley
condemned this as casuistry, but rather to explain what makes morality as
embodied in the consciousness of individuals and in social institutions
possible. Bradley thought it was the fact that moral agents take morality as an
end in itself which involves identifying their wills with an ideal provided in
part by their stations in society and then transferring that ideal to reality
through action. Bradley called this process “selfrealization.” He thought that
moral agents could realize their good selves only by suppressing their bad
selves, from which he concluded that morality could never be completely
realized, since realizing a good self requires having a bad one. For this
reason Bradley believed that the moral consciousness would develop into
religious consciousness which, in his secularized version of Christianity,
required dying to one’s natural self through faith in the actual existence of
the moral ideal. In Ethical Studies Bradley admitted that a full defense of his
ethics would require a metaphysical system, something he did not then have.
Much of Bradley’s remaining work was an attempt to provide the outline of such
a system by solving what he called “the great problem of the relation between
thought and reality.” He first confronted this problem in The Principles of
Logic3, which is his description of thought. He took thought to be embodied in
judgments, which are distinguished from other mental activities by being true
or false. This is made possible by the fact that their contents, which Bradley called
ideas, represent reality. A problem arises because ideas are universals and so
represent kinds of things, while the things themselves are all individuals.
Bradley solves this problem by distinguishing between the logical and
grammatical forms of a judgment and arguing that all judgments have the logical
form of conditionals. They assert that universal connections between qualities
obtain in reality. The qualities are universals, the connections between them
are conditional, while reality is one individual whole that we have contact
with in immediate experience. All judgments, in his view, are abstractions from
a diverse but non-relational immediate experience. Since judgments are
inescapably relational, they fail to represent accurately non-relational
reality and so fail to reach truth, which is the goal of thought. From this
Bradley concluded that, contrary to what some of his more Hegelian
contemporaries were saying, thought is not identical to reality and is never
more than partially true. Appearance and Reality 3 is Bradley’s description of
reality: it is experience, all of it, all at once, blended in a harmonious way.
Bradley defended this view by means of his criterion for reality. Reality, he
proclaimed, does not contradict itself; anything that does is merely
appearance. In Part I of Appearance and Reality Bradley relied on an infinite
regress argument, now called Bradley’s regress, to contend that relations and
all relational phenomena, including thought, are contradictory. They are
appearance, not reality. In Part II he claimed that appearances are
contradictory because they are abstracted by thought from the immediate
experience of which they are a part. Appearances constitute the content of this
whole, which in Bradley’s view is experience. In other words, reality is
experience in its totality. Bradley called this unified, consistent
all-inclusive reality “the Absolute.” Today Bradley is mainly remembered for
his argument against the reality of relations, and as the philosopher who
provoked Russell’s and Moore’s revolution in philosophy. He would be better
remembered as a founder of twentiethcentury philosophy who based metaphysical
conclusions on his account of the logical forms of judgments.
brandt: R. B.,-- read by Grice for his ‘ideal observer
theory” or creature construction in “Method” moral philosopher, most closely
associated with rule utilitarianism which term he coined, earned degrees from
Denison and Cambridge , and obtained a
Ph.D. from Yale in 6. He taught at Swarthmore
from 7 to 4 and at the of
Michigan from 4 to 1. His six books and nearly one hundred articles included
work on philosophy of religion, epistemology, philosophy of mind, philosophy of
action, political philosophy, and philosophy of law. His greatest contributions
were in moral philosophy. He first defended rule utilitarianism in his textbook
Ethical Theory 9, but greatly refined his view in the 0s in a series of
articles, which were widely discussed and reprinted and eventually collected
together in Morality, Utilitarianism, and Rights 2. Further refinements appear
in his A Theory of the Good and the Right 9 and Facts, Values, and Morality 6.
Brandt famously argued for a “reforming definition” of ‘rational person’. He
proposed that we use it to designate someone whose desires would survive
exposure to all relevant empirical facts and to correct logical reasoning. He
also proposed a “reforming definition” of ‘morally right’ that assigns it the
descriptive meaning ‘would be permitted by any moral code that all or nearly
all rational people would publicly favor for the agent’s society if they
expected to spend a lifetime in that society’. In his view, rational choice
between moral codes is determined not by prior moral commitments but by
expected consequences. Brandt admitted that different rational people may favor
different codes, since different rational people may have different levels of
natural benevolence. But he also contended that most rational people would favor
a rule-utilitarian code.
brentano: f., philosopher,
one of the most intellectually influential and personally charismatic of his
time. He is known especially for his distinction between psychological and
physical phenomena on the basis of intentionality or internal
object-directedness of thought, his revival of Aristotelianism and empirical
methods in philosophy and psychology, and his value theory and ethics supported
by the concept of correct pro- and anti-emotions or love and hate attitudes.
Brentano made noted contributions to the theory of metaphysical categories,
phenomenology, epistemology, syllogistic logic, and philosophy of religion. His
teaching made a profound impact on his students in Würzburg and Vienna, many of
whom became internationally respected thinkers in their fields, including Meinong,
Husserl, Twardowski, Christian von Ehrenfels, Anton Marty, and Freud. Brentano
began his study of philosophy at the Aschaffenburg Royal Bavarian Gymnasium; in
185658 he attended the universities of Munich and Würzburg, and then enrolled
at the of Berlin, where he undertook his
first investigations of Aristotle’s metaphysics under the supervision of F. A.
Trendelenburg. In 1859 60, he attended the Academy in Münster, reading
intensively in the medieval Aristotelians; in 1862 he received the doctorate in
philosophy in absentia from the of
Tübingen. He was ordained a Catholic priest in 1864, and was later involved in
a controversy over the doctrine of papal infallibility, eventually leaving the
church in 1873. He taught first as Privatdozent in the Philosophical Faculty of
the of Würzburg 186674, and then
accepted a professorship at the of
Vienna. In 0 he decided to marry, temporarily resigning his position to acquire
Saxon citizenship, in order to avoid legal difficulties in Austria, where
marriages of former priests were not officially recognized. Brentano was
promised restoration of his position after his circumvention of these
restrictions, but although he was later reinstated as lecturer, his appeals for
reappointment as professor were answered only with delay and equivocation. He
left Vienna in 5, retiring to Italy, his family’s country of origin. At last he
moved to Zürich, Switzerland, shortly before Italy entered World War I. Here he
remained active both in philosophy and psychology, despite his ensuing
blindness, writing and revising numerous books and articles, frequently meeting
with former students and colleagues, and maintaining an extensive
philosophical-literary correspondence, until his death. In Psychologie vom
empirischen Standpunkt “Psychology from an Empirical Standpoint,” 1874,
Brentano argued that intentionality is the mark of the mental, that every
psychological experience contains an intended object also called an intentional object which the thought is about or toward which
the thought is directed. Thus, in desire, something is desired. According to
the immanent intentionality thesis, this means that the desired object is
literally contained within the psychological experience of desire. Brentano
claims that this is uniquely true of mental as opposed to physical or
non-psychological phenomena, so that the intentionality of the psychological
distinguishes mental from physical states. The immanent intentionality thesis
proBrentano, Franz Brentano, Franz 100
100 vides a framework in which Brentano identifies three categories of
psychological phenomena: thoughts Vorstellungen, judgments, and emotive
phenomena. He further maintains that every thought is also self-consciously
reflected back onto itself as a secondary intended object in what he called the
eigentümliche Verfleckung. From 5 through 1, with the publication in that year
of Von der Klassifikation der psychischen Phänomene, Brentano gradually
abandoned the immanent intentionality thesis in favor of his later philosophy
of reism, according to which only individuals exist, excluding putative
nonexistent irrealia, such as lacks, absences, and mere possibilities. In the
meantime, his students Twardowski, Meinong, and Husserl, reacting negatively to
the idealism, psychologism, and related philosophical problems apparent in the
early immanent intentionality thesis, developed alternative non-immanence
approaches to intentionality, leading, in the case of Twardowski and Meinong
and his students in the Graz school of phenomenological psychology, to the
construction of Gegenstandstheorie, the theory of transcendent existent and
nonexistent intended objects, and to Husserl’s later transcendental
phenomenology. The intentionality of the mental in Brentano’s revival of the
medieval Aristotelian doctrine is one of his most important contributions to
contemporary non-mechanistic theories of mind, meaning, and expression.
Brentano’s immanent intentionality thesis was, however, rejected by
philosophers who otherwise agreed with his underlying claim that thought is
essentially object-directed. Brentano’s value theory Werttheorie offers a
pluralistic account of value, permitting many different kinds of things to be
valuable although, in keeping with his
later reism, he denies the existence of an abstract realm of values. Intrinsic
value is objective rather than subjective, in the sense that he believes the
pro- and anti-emotions we may have toward an act or situation are objectively
correct if they present themselves to emotional preference with the same
apodicity or unquestionable sense of rightness as other selfevident matters of
non-ethical judgment. Among the controversial consequences of Brentano’s value
theory is the conclusion that there can be no such thing as absolute evil. The
implication follows from Brentano’s observation, first, that evil requires evil
consciousness, and that consciousness of any kind, even the worst imaginable
malice or malevolent ill will, is considered merely as consciousness
intrinsically good. This means that necessarily there is always a mixture of
intrinsic good even in the most malicious possible states of mind, by virtue
alone of being consciously experienced, so that pure evil never obtains.
Brentano’s value theory admits of no defense against those who happen not to
share the same “correct” emotional attitudes toward the situations he
describes. If it is objected that to another person’s emotional preferences
only good consciousness is intrinsically good, while infinitely bad
consciousness despite being a state of consciousness appears instead to contain
no intrinsic good and is absolutely evil, there is no recourse within
Brentano’s ethics except to acknowledge that this contrary emotive attitude
toward infinitely bad consciousness may also be correct, even though it
contradicts his evaluations. Brentano’s empirical psychology and articulation
of the intentionality thesis, his moral philosophy and value theory, his
investigations of Aristotle’s metaphysics at a time when Aristotelian realism
was little appreciated in the prevailing climate of post-Kantian idealism, his
epistemic theory of evident judgment, his suggestions for the reform of
syllogistic logic, his treatment of the principle of sufficient reason and
existence of God, his interpretation of a fourstage cycle of successive trends
in the history of philosophy, together with his teaching and personal moral
example, continue to inspire a variety of divergent philosophical
traditions.
broad: cited by H. P.
Grice in “Personal identity” and “Prolegomena” (re: Benjamin on Broad on
remembering). Charlie Dunbar 71, English epistemologist, metaphysician, moral
philosopher, and philosopher of science. He was educated at Trinity ,
Cambridge, taught at several universities in Scotland, and then returned to
Trinity, first as lecturer in moral science and eventually as Knightbridge
Professor of Moral Philosophy. His philosophical views are in the broadly
realist tradition of Moore and Russell, though with substantial influence also
from his teachers at Cambridge, McTaggart and W. E. Johnson. Broad wrote
voluminously and incisively on an extremely wide range of philosophical topics,
including most prominently the nature of perception, a priori knowledge and
concepts, the problem of induction, the mind Brentano’s thesis Broad, Charlie
Dunbar 101 101 body problem, the free
will problem, various topics in moral philosophy, the nature and philosophical
significance of psychical research, the nature of philosophy itself, and
various historical figures such as Leibniz, Kant, and McTaggart. Broad’s work
in the philosophy of perception centers on the nature of sense-data or sensa,
as he calls them and their relation to physical objects. He defends a rather
cautious, tentative version of the causal theory of perception. With regard to
a priori knowledge, Broad rejects the empiricist view that all such knowledge
is of analytic propositions, claiming instead that reason can intuit necessary
and universal connections between properties or characteristics; his view of
concept acquisition is that while most concepts are abstracted from experience,
some are a priori, though not necessarily innate. Broad holds that the
rationality of inductive inference depends on a further general premise about
the world, a more complicated version of the thesis that nature is uniform,
which is difficult to state precisely and even more difficult to justify.
Broad’s view of the mindbody problem is a version of dualism, though one that
places primary emphasis on individual mental events, is much more uncertain
about the existence and nature of the mind as a substance, and is quite
sympathetic to epiphenomenalism. His main contribution to the free will problem
consists in an elaborate analysis of the libertarian conception of freedom,
which he holds to be both impossible to realize and at the same time quite
possibly an essential precondition of the ordinary conception of obligation.
Broad’s work in ethics is diverse and difficult to summarize, but much of it
centers on the issue of whether ethical judgments are genuinely cognitive in
character. Broad was one of the few philosophers to take psychical research
seriously. He served as president of the Society for Psychical Research and was
an occasional observer of experiments in this area. His philosophical writings
on this subject, while not uncritical, are in the main sympathetic and are
largely concerned to defend concepts like precognition against charges of
incoherence and also to draw out their implications for more familiar
philosophical issues. As regards the nature of philosophy, Broad distinguishes
between “critical” and “speculative” philosophy. Critical philosophy is
analysis of the basic concepts of ordinary life and of science, roughly in the
tradition of Moore and Russell. A very high proportion of Broad’s own work
consists of such analyses, often amazingly detailed and meticulous in
character. But he is also sympathetic to the speculative attempt to arrive at
an overall conception of the nature of the universe and the position of human
beings therein, while at the same time expressing doubts that anything even
remotely approaching demonstration is possible in such endeavors. The foregoing
catalog of views reveals something of the range of Broad’s philosophical
thought, but it fails to bring out what is most strikingly valuable about it.
Broad’s positions on various issues do not form anything like a system he
himself is reported to have said that there is nothing that answers to the
description “Broad’s philosophy”. While his views are invariably subtle,
thoughtful, and critically penetrating, they rarely have the sort of one-sided
novelty that has come to be so highly valued in philosophy. What they do have
is exceptional clarity, dialectical insight, and even-handedness. Broad’s skill
at uncovering and displaying the precise shape of a philosophical issue,
clarifying the relevant arguments and objections, and cataloging in detail the
merits and demerits of the opposing positions has rarely been equaled. One who
seeks a clear-cut resolution of an issue is likely to be impatient and
disappointed with Broad’s careful, measured discussions, in which unusual
effort is made to accord all positions and arguments their due. But one who
seeks a comprehensive and balanced understanding of the issue in question is
unlikely to find a more trustworthy guide.
brouwer: L. E. J:
Discussed by H. P. Grice in connection with ‘intuititionist negation’ and the
elimination of negation -- philosopher and founder of the intuitionist school
in the philosophy of mathematics. Educated at the Municipal of Amsterdam, where he received his doctorate
in 7, he remained there for his entire professional career, as Privaat-Docent
912 and then professor 255. He was among the preeminent topologists of his
time, proving several important results. Philosophically, he was also unique in
his strongly held conviction that philosophical ideas and arguments concerning
the nature of mathematics ought to affect and be reflected in its practice. His
general orientation in the philosophy of mathematics was Kantian. This was
manifested in his radical critique of the role accorded to logical reasoning by
classical mathematics; a role that Brouwer, following Kant, believed to be
incompatible with the role that intuition must properly play in mathematical
reasoning. The bestknown, if not the most fundamental, part of his Brouwer,
Luitzgen Egbertus Jan Brouwer, Luitzgen Egbertus Jan 102 102 critique of the role accorded to logic
by classical mathematics was his attack on the principle of the excluded middle
and related principles of classical logic. He challenged their reliability,
arguing that their unrestricted use leads to results that, intuitionistically
speaking, are not true. However, in its fundaments, Brouwer’s critique was not
so much an attack on particular principles of classical logic as a criticism of
the general role that classical mathematics grants to logical reasoning. He
believed that logical structure and hence logical inference is a product of the
linguistic representation of mathematical thought and not a feature of that
thought itself. He stated this view in the so-called First Act of Intuitionism,
which contains not only the chief critical idea of Brouwer’s position, but also
its core positive element. This positive element says, with Kant, that
mathematics is an essentially languageless activity of the mind. Brouwer went
on to say something with which Kant would only have partially agreed: that this
activity has its origin in the perception of a move of time. The critical
element complements this by saying that mathematics is thus to be kept wholly
distinct from mathematical language and the phenomena of language described by
logic. The so-called Second Act of Intuitionism then extends the positive part
of the First Act by stating that the “self-unfolding” of the primordial
intuition of a move of time is the basis not only of the construction of the
natural numbers but also of the intuitionistic continuum. Together, these two
ideas form the basis of Brouwer’s philosophy of mathematics a philosophy that is radically at odds with
most of twentieth-century philosophy of mathematics.
bruno: g., apeculative
philosopher. He was born in Naples, where he entered the Dominican order in
1565. In 1576 he was suspected of heresy and abandoned his order. He studied
and taught in Geneva, but left because of difficulties with the Calvinists.
Thereafter he studied and taught in Toulouse, Paris, England, various G.
universities, and Prague. In 1591 he rashly returned to Venice, and was
arrested by the Venetian Inquisition in 1592. In 1593 he was handed over to the
Roman Inquisition, which burned him to death as a heretic. Because of his
unhappy end, his support for the Copernican heliocentric hypothesis, and his
pronounced anti-Aristotelianism, Bruno has been mistakenly seen as the
proponent of a scientific worldview against medieval obscurantism. In fact, he
should be interpreted in the context of Renaissance hermetism. Indeed, Bruno
was so impressed by the hermetic corpus, a body of writings attributed to the
mythical Egyptian sage Hermes Trismegistus, that he called for a return to the
magical religion of the Egyptians. He was also strongly influenced by Lull,
Nicholas of Cusa, Ficino, and Agrippa von Nettesheim, an early
sixteenth-century author of an influential treatise on magic. Several of
Bruno’s works were devoted to magic, and it plays an important role in his
books on the art of memory. Techniques for improving the memory had long been a
subject of discussion, but he linked them with the notion that one could so
imprint images of the universe on the mind as to achieve special knowledge of
divine realities and the magic powers associated with such knowledge. He
emphasized the importance of the imagination as a cognitive power, since it
brings us into contact with the divine. Nonetheless, he also held that human
ideas are mere shadows of divine ideas, and that God is transcendent and hence
incomprehensible. Bruno’s best-known works are the dialogues he wrote while in England,
including the following, all published in 1584: The Ash Wednesday Supper; On
Cause, Principle and Unity; The Expulsion of the Triumphant Beast; and On the
Infinite Universe and Worlds. He presents a vision of the universe as a living
and infinitely extended unity containing innumerable worlds, each of which is
like a great animal with a life of its own. He maintained the unity of matter
with universal form or the World-Soul, thus suggesting a kind of pantheism
attractive to later G. idealists, such as Schelling. However, he never
identified the World-Soul with God, who remained separate from matter and form.
He combined his speculative philosophy of nature with the recommendation of a
new naturalistic ethics. Bruno’s support of Copernicus in The Ash Wednesday
Supper was related to his belief that a living earth must move, and he
specifically rejected any appeal to mere mathematics to prove cosmological
hypotheses. In later work he described the monad as a living version of the
Democritean atom. Despite some obvious parallels with both Spinoza and Leibniz,
he seems not to have had much direct influence on seventeenth-century thinkers.
brunschvicg, l.: H. P. Grice
is very popular in France, and so is Brunschvicg, philosopher, an influential
professor at the Sorbonne and the École Normale Supérieure of Paris, and a
founder of the Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 3 and the Société Française
de Philosophie 1. In 0 he was forced by the Nazis to leave Paris and sought
refuge in the nonoccupied zone, where he died. A monistic idealist, Brunschvicg
unfolded a philosophy of mind Introduction to the Life of the Mind, 0. His
epistemology highlights judgment. Thinking is judging and judging is acting. He
defined philosophy as “the mind’s methodical self-reflection.” Philosophy
investigates man’s growing self-understanding. The mind’s recesses, or
metaphysical truth, are accessible through analysis of the mind’s timely
manifestations. His major works therefore describe the progress of science as
progress of consciousness: The Stages of Mathematical Philosophy 2, Human
Experience and Physical Causality 2, The Progress of Conscience in Western
Philosophy 7, and Ages of Intelligence 4. An heir of Renouvier, Cournot, and
Revaisson, Brunschvicg advocated a moral and spiritual conception of science and
attempted to reconcile idealism and positivism.
buber: M. G.: H. P. Grice is all about ‘I’ and ‘thou,’
as Buber is. Jewish philosopher, theologian, and political leader. Buber’s
early influences include Hasidism and neo-Kantianism. Eventually he broke with
the latter and became known as a leading religious existentialist. His chief
philosophic works include his most famous book, Ich und du “I and Thou,” 3;
Moses 6; Between Man and Man 7; and Eclipse of God 2. The crux of Buber’s
thought is his conception of two primary relationships: I-Thou and I-It. IThou
is characterized by openness, reciprocity, and a deep sense of personal
involvement. The I confronts its Thou not as something to be studied, measured,
or manipulated, but as a unique presence that responds to the I in its
individuality. I-It is characterized by the tendency to treat something as an
impersonal object governed by causal, social, or economic forces. Buber rejects
the idea that people are isolated, autonomous agents operating according to
abstract rules. Instead, reality arises between agents as they encounter and
transform each other. In a word, reality is dialogical. Buber describes God as
the ultimate Thou, the Thou who can never become an It. Thus God is reached not
by inference but by a willingness to respond to the concrete reality of the
divine presence.
buchmanism: also called the
Moral Rearmament Movement, a non-creedal international movement that sought to
bring about universal brotherhood through a commitment to an objectivist moral
system derived largely from the Gospels. It was founded by Frank Buchman 18781,
an Lutheran minister who resigned from
his church in 8 in order to expand his ministry. To promote the movement,
Buchman founded the Oxford Group at Oxford. H. P. Grice was a member.
bundle: theory: Is Grice
proposing a ‘bundle theory’ of “Personal identity”: He defines “I” as an
interlinked chain of mnemonic states, a view that accepts the idea that
concrete objects consist of properties but denies the need for introducing
substrata to account for their diversity. By contrast, one traditional view of
concrete particular objects is that they are complexes consisting of two more
fundamental kinds of entities: properties that can be exemplified by many
different objects and a substratum that exemplifies those properties belonging
to a particular object. Properties account for the qualitative identity of such
objects while substrata account for their numerical diversity. The bundle
theory is usually glossed as the view that a concrete object is nothing but a
bundle of properties. This gloss, however, is inadequate. For if a “bundle” of
properties is, e.g., a set of properties, then bundles of properties differ in
significant ways from concrete objects. For sets of properties are necessary
and eternal while concrete objects are contingent and perishing. A more
adequate statement of the theory holds that a concrete object is a complex of
properties which all stand in a fundamental contingent relation, call it
co-instantiation, to one another. On this account, complexes of properties are
neither necessary nor eternal. Critics of the theory, however, maintain that
such complexes have all their properties essentially and cannot change
properties, whereas concrete objects have some of their properties accidentally
and undergo change. This objection fails to recognize that there are two
distinct problems addressed by the bundle theory: a individuation and b
identity through time. The first problem arises for all objects, both momentary
and enduring. The second, however, arises only for enduring objects. The bundle
theory typically offers two different solutions to these problems. An enduring
concrete object is analyzed as a series of momentary objects which stand in
some contingent relation R. Different versions of the theory offer differing
accounts of the relation. For example, Hume holds that the self is a series of
co-instantiated impressions and ideas, whose members are related to one another
by causation and resemblance this is his bundle theory of the self. A momentary
object, however, is analyzed as a complex of properties all of which stand in
the relation of co-instantiation to one another. Consequently, even if one
grants that a momentary complex of properties has all of its members
essentially, it does not follow that an enduring object, which contains the
complex as a temporal part, has those properties essentially unless one
endorses the controversial thesis that an enduring object has its temporal
parts essentially. Similarly, even if one grants that a momentary complex of
properties cannot change in its properties, it does not follow that an enduring
object, which consists of such complexes, cannot change its properties. Critics
of the bundle theory argue that its analysis of momentary objects is also
problematic. For it appears possible that two different momentary objects have
all properties in common, yet there cannot be two different complexes with all
properties in common. There are two responses available to a proponent of the
theory. The first is to distinguish between a strong and a weak version of the
theory. On the strong version, the thesis that a momentary object is a complex
of co-instantiated properties is a necessary truth, while on the weak version
it is a contingent truth. The possibility of two momentary objects with all
properties in common impugns only the strong version of the theory. The second
is to challenge the basis of the claim that it is possible for two momentary
objects to have all their properties in common. Although critics allege that
such a state of affairs is conceivable, proponents argue that investigation
into the nature of conceivability does not underwrite this claim.
buonafede: essential Italian philosopher.
Refs.: Luigi Speranza, "Grice e Buonafede," per Il Club
Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia.
buridan – and his ass –
and the Griceian implicaturum -- j. philosopher. He was born in Béthune and
educated at the of Paris. Unlike most
philosophers of his time, Buridan spent his academic career as a master in the
faculty of arts, without seeking an advanced degree in theology. He was also
unusual in being a secular cleric rather than a member of a religious order.
Buridan wrote extensively on logic and natural philosophy, although only a few
of his works have appeared in modern editions. The most important on logic are
the Summulae de dialectica “Sum of Dialectic”, an introduction to logic
conceived as a revision of, and extended commentary on, the Summulae logicales
of Peter of Spain, a widely used logic textbook of the period; and the
Tractatus de consequentiis, a treatise on modes of inference. Most of Buridan’s
other writings are short literal commentaries expositiones and longer critical
studies quaestiones of Aristotle’s works. Like most medieval nominalists,
Buridan argued that universals have no real existence, except as concepts by
which the mind “conceives of many things indifferently.” Likewise, he included
only particular substances and qualities in his basic ontology. But his
nominalist program is distinctive in its implementation. He differs, e.g., from
Ockham in his accounts of motion, time, and quantity appealing, in the latter
case, to quantitative forms to explain the impenetrability of bodies. In
natural philosophy, Buridan is best known for introducing to the West the
non-Aristotelian concept of impetus, or impressed force, to explain projectile
motion. Although asses appear often in his examples, the particular example
that has come via Spinoza and others to be known as “Buridan’s ass,” an ass
starving to death between two equidistant and equally tempting piles of hay, is
unknown in Buridan’s writings. It may, however, have originated as a caricature
of Buridan’s theory of action, which attempts to find a middle ground between
Aristotelian intellectualism and Franciscan voluntarism by arguing that the
will’s freedom to act consists primarily in its ability to defer choice in the
absence of a compelling reason to act one way or the other. Buridan’s
intellectual legacy was considerable. His works continued to be read and
discussed in universities for centuries after his death. Three of his students
and disciples, Albert of Saxony, Marsilius of Inghen, and Nicole Oresme, went
on to become distinguished philosophers in their own right.
burke: e. discussed by
H. P. Grice in his exploration on legal versus moral right, statesman and one
of the eighteenth century’s greatest political writers. Born in Dublin, he
moved to London to study law, then undertook a literary and political career.
He sat in the House of Commons from 1765 to 1794. In speeches and pamphlets
during these years he offered an ideological perspective on politics that
endures to this day as the fountain of conservative wisdom. The philosophical
stance that pervades Burke’s parliamentary career and writings is skepticism, a
profound distrust of political rationalism, i.e., the achievement in the
political realm of abstract and rational structures, ideals, and objectives.
Burkean skeptics are profoundly anti-ideological, detesting what they consider
the complex, mysterious, and existential givens of political life distorted,
criticized, or planned from a perspective of abstract, generalized, and
rational categories. The seminal expression of Burke’s skeptical conservatism
is found in the Reflections on the Revolution in France 1790. The conservatism
of the Reflections was earlier displayed, however, in Burke’s response to
radical demands in England for democratic reform of Parliament in the early
1780s. The English radicals assumed that legislators could remake governments,
when all wise men knew that “a prescriptive government never was made upon any
foregone theory.” How ridiculous, then, to put governments on Procrustean beds
and make them fit “the theories which learned and speculative men have made.”
Such prideful presumption required much more rational capacity than could be
found among ordinary mortals. One victim of Burke’s skepticism is the vaunted
liberal idea of the social contract. Commonwealths were neither constructed nor
ought they to be renovated according to a priori principles. The concept of an
original act of contract is just such a principle. The only contract in
politics is the agreement that binds generations past, present, and future, one
that “is but a clause in the great primeval contract of an eternal society.”
Burke rejects the voluntaristic quality of rationalist liberal contractualism.
Individuals are not free to create their own political institutions. Political
society and law are not “subject to the will of those who, by an obligation
above them, and infinitely superior, are bound to submit their will to that
law.” Men and groups “are not morally at liberty, at their pleasure, and on
their speculations of a contingent improvement” to rip apart their communities
and dissolve them into an “unsocial, uncivil, unconnected chaos.” Burke saw our
stock of reason as small; despite this people still fled their basic
limitations in flights of ideological fancy. They recognized no barrier to
their powers and sought in politics to make reality match their speculative
visions. Burke devoutly wished that people would appreciate their weakness,
their “subordinate rank in the creation.” God has “subjected us to act the part
which belongs to the place assigned us.” And that place is to know the limits
of one’s rational and speculative faculties. Instead of relying on their own
meager supply of reason, politicians should avail themselves “of the general
bank and capital of nations and of ages.” Because people forget this they weave
rational schemes of reform far beyond their power to implement. Buridan’s ass
Burke, Edmund 108 108 Burke stands as
the champion of political skepticism in revolt against Enlightenment rationalism
and its “smugness of adulterated metaphysics,” which produced the “revolution
of doctrine and theoretic dogma.” The sins of the were produced by the “clumsy subtlety of
their political metaphysics.” The “faith in the dogmatism of philosophers” led
them to rely on reason and abstract ideas, on speculation and a priori
principles of natural right, freedom, and equality as the basis for reforming
governments. Englishmen, like Burke, had no such illusions; they understood the
complexity and fragility of human nature and human institutions, they were not
“the converts of Rousseau . . . the disciples of Voltaire; Helvetius [had] made
no progress amongst [them].”
burleigh: W. H. P. Grice
preferred the spelling “Burleigh,” or “Burleighensis” if you must – “That’s how
we called him at Oxford!” English philosopher who taught philosophy at Oxford
and theology at Paris. An orthodox Aristotelian and a realist, he attacked
Ockham’s logic and his interpretation of the Aristotelian categories. Burley
commented on almost of all of Aristotle’s works in logic, natural philosophy,
and moral philosophy. An early Oxford Calculator, Burley began his work as a
fellow of Merton in 1301. By 1310, he
was at Paris. A student of Thomas Wilton, he probably incepted before 1322; by
1324 he was a fellow of the Sorbonne. His commentary on Peter Lombard’s
Sentences has been lost. After leaving Paris, Burley was associated with the
household of Richard of Bury and the court of Edward III, who sent him as an
envoy to the papal curia in 1327. De vita et moribus philosophorum “On the Life
and Manners of Philosophers”, an influential, popular account of the lives of
the philosophers, has often been attributed to Burley, but modern scholarship
suggests that the attribution is incorrect. Many of Burley’s independent works
dealt with problems in natural philosophy, notably De intensione et remissione
formarum “On the Intension and Remission of Forms”, De potentiis animae “On the
Faculties of the Soul”, and De substantia orbis. De primo et ultimo instanti
“On First and Last Instants” discusses which temporal processes have intrinsic,
which extrinsic limits. In his Tractatus de formis Burley attacks Ockham’s
theory of quantity. Similarly, Burley’s theory of motion opposed Ockham’s
views. Ockham restricts the account of motion to the thing moving, and the
quality, quantity, and place acquired by motion. By contrast, Burley emphasizes
the process of motion and the quantitative measurement of that process. Burley
attacks the view that the forms successively acquired in motion are included in
the form finally acquired. He ridicules the view that contrary qualities hot
and cold could simultaneously inhere in the same subject producing intermediate
qualities warmth. Burley emphasized the formal character of logic in his De
puritate artis logicae “On the Purity of the Art of Logic”, one of the great
medieval treatises on logic. Ockham attacked a preliminary version of De
puritate in his Summa logicae; Burley called Ockham a beginner in logic. In De
puritate artis logicae, Burley makes syllogistics a subdivision of
consequences. His treatment of negation is particularly interesting for his
views on double negation and the restrictions on the rule that notnot-p implies
p. Burley distinguished between analogous words and analogous concepts and
natures. His theory of analogy deserves detailed discussion. These views, like
the views expressed in most of Burley’s works, have seldom been carefully studied
by modern philosophers.
butlerianism: J., cited by H.
P. Grice, principle of conversational benevolence. English theologian and
Anglican bishop who made important contributions to moral philosophy, to the
understanding of moral agency, and to the development of deontological ethics.
Better known in his own time for The Analogy of Religion 1736, a defense, along
broadly empiricist lines, of orthodox, “revealed” Christian doctrine against
deist criticism, Butler’s main philosophical legacy was a series of highly
influential arguments and theses contained in a collection of Sermons 1725 and
in two “Dissertations” appended to The Analogy
one on virtue and the other on personal identity. The analytical method
of these essays “everything is what it is and not another thing” provided a
model for much of English-speaking moral philosophy to follow. For example,
Butler is often credited with refuting psychological hedonism, the view that
all motives can be reduced to the desire for pleasure or happiness. The sources
of human motivation are complex and structurally various, he argued. Appetites
and passions seek their own peculiar objects, and pleasure must itself be
understood as involving an intrinsic positive regard for a particular object.
Other philosophers had maintained, like Butler, that we can desire, e.g., the
happiness of others intrinsically, and not just as a means to our own
happiness. And others had argued that the person who aims singlemindedly at his
own happiness is unlikely to attain it. Butler’s distinctive contribution was
to demonstrate that happiness and pleasure themselves require completion by
specific objects for which we have an intrinsic positive regard. Self-love, the
desire for our own happiness, is a reflective desire for, roughly, the
satisfaction of our other desires. But self-love is not our only reflective
desire; we also have “a settled reasonable principle of benevolence.” We can
consider the goods of others and come on reflection to desire their welfare
more or less independently of particular emotional involvement such as
compassion. In morals, Butler equally opposed attempts to reduce virtue to
benevolence, even of the most universal and impartial sort. Benevolence seeks
the good or happiness of others, whereas the regulative principle of virtue is
conscience, the faculty of moral approval or disapproval of conduct and
character. Moral agency requires, he argued, the capacities to reflect
disinterestedly on action, motive, and character, to judge these in
distinctively moral terms and not just in terms of their relation to the
non-moral good of happiness, and to guide conduct by such judgments. Butler’s
views about the centrality of conscience in the moral life were important in
the development of deontological ethics as well as in the working out of an
associated account of moral agency. Along the first lines, he argued in the
“Dissertation” that what it is right for a person to do depends, not just on
the non-morally good or bad consequences of an action, but on such other
morally relevant features as the relationships the agent bears to affected
others e.g., friend or beneficiary, or whether fraud, injustice, treachery, or
violence is involved. Butler thus distinguished analytically between
distinctively moral evaluation of action and assessing an act’s relation to
such non-moral values as happiness. And he provided succeeding deontological
theorists with a litany of examples where the right thing to do is apparently
not what would have the best consequences. Butler believed God instills a
“principle of reflection” or conscience in us through which we intrinsically
disapprove of such actions as fraud and injustice. But he also believed that
God, being omniscient and benevolent, fitted us with these moral attitudes
because “He foresaw this constitution of our nature would produce more
happiness, than forming us with a temper of mere general benevolence.” This
points, however, toward a kind of anti-deontological or consequentialist view,
sometimes called indirect consequentialism, which readily acknowledges that
what it is right to do does not depend on which act will have the best
consequences. It is entirely appropriate, according to indirect
consequentialism, that conscience approve or disapprove of acts on grounds
other than a calculation of consequences precisely because its doing so has the
best consequences. Here we have a version of the sort of view later to be
found, for example, in Mill’s defense of utilitarianism against the objection
that it conflicts with justice and rights. Morality is a system of social
control that demands allegiance to considerations other than utility, e.g.,
justice and honesty. But it is justifiable only to the extent that the system
itself has utility. This sets up something of a tension. From the conscientious
perspective an agent must distinguish between the question of which action
would have the best consequences and the question of what he should do. And
from that perspective, Butler thinks, one will necessarily regard one’s answer
to the second question as authoritative for conduct. Conscience necessarily implicitly
asserts its own authority, Butler famously claimed. Thus, insofar as agents
come to regard their conscience as simply a method of social control with good
consequences, they will come to be alienated from the inherent authority their
conscience implicitly claims. A similar issue arises concerning the relation
between conscience and self-love. Butler says that both self-love and
conscience are “superior principles in the nature of man” in that an action
will be unsuitable to a person’s nature if it is contrary to either. This makes
conscience’s authority conditional on its not conflicting with self-love and
vice versa. Some scholars, moreover, read other passages as implying that no
agent could reasonably follow conscience unless doing so was in the agent’s
interest. But again, it would seem that an agent who internalized such a view
would be alienated from the authority that, if Butler is right, conscience
implicitly claims. For Butler, conscience or the principle of reflection is
uniquely the faculty of practical judgment. Unlike either self-love or
benevolence, even when these are added to the powers of inference and empirical
cognition, only conscience makes moral agency possible. Only a creature with
conscience can accord with or violate his own judgment of what he ought to do,
and thereby be a “law to himself.” This suggests a view that, like Kant’s,
seeks to link deontology to a conception of autonomous moral agency.
byzantine. This is important
since it displays Grice’s disrespect for stupid traditions. There is Austin
trying to lecture what he derogatorily called ‘philosophical hack’ (“I expect
he was being ironic”) into learning through the Little Oxford Dictionary.
HARDLY Grice’s cup of tea. Austiin, or the ‘master,’ as Grice ironically calls
him, could patronize less patrician play group members, but not him! In any
case, Austin grew so tiresome, that Grice grabbed the Little Dictionary. Austin
had gave him license to go and refute Ryle on ‘feeling’. “So, go and check with
the dictionary, to see howmany things you can feel.” Grice started with the A
and got as far as the last relevant item under the ‘B,” he hoped. “And then I
realised it was all hopeless. A waste. Language botany, indeed!” At a later
stage, he grew more affectionate, especially when seeing that this was part of
his armoury (as Gellner had noted): a temperament, surely not shared by
Strawson, for subtleties and nuances. How Byzantine can Grice feel? Vide
‘agitation.’ Does feeling Byzantine entail a feeling of BEING Byzantine? originally used of the style of art and architecture
developed there 4c.-5c. C.E.; later in reference to the complex, devious, and
intriguing character of the royal court of Constantinople (1937). Bȳzantĭum ,
ii, n., = Βυζάντιον,I.a city in Thrace, on
the Bosphorus, opposite
the Asiatic Chalcedon, later Constantinopolis, now Constantinople; among the
Turks, Istamboul or Stamboul (i.e. εις τὴν πόλιν), Mel. 2, 2, 6; Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 46; 9, 15, 20, § 50 sq.; Nep. Paus. 2, 2; Liv. 38, 16, 3 sq.; Tac. A. 12, 63 sq.; id. H. 2. 83; 3, 47 al.—II. Derivv.A. Bȳzantĭus ,
a, um, adj., of Byzantium, Byzantine: “litora,” the Strait of
Constantinople, Ov. Tr. 1, 10, 31: “portus,” Plin. 9, 15, 20, § 51.—Subst.: Bȳ-zantĭi ,
ōrum, m., the inhabitants of
Byzantium, Cic. Prov. Cons. 3, 5; 4, 6 sq.; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 31, § 76; Nep. Timoth. 1, 2; Liv. 32, 33, 7.—B. Bȳzantĭăcus ,
a, um, adj., of Byzantium:
“lacerti,” Stat. S. 4, 9, 13. — C. Bȳzantīnus ,
a, um, adj., the same (post-class.): “Lygos,” Aus.
Clar. Urb. 2: “frigora,” Sid.
Ep. 7, 17. Byzantine feeling -- Einfühlung G., ‘feeling into’,
empathy. In contrast to sympathy, where one’s identity is preserved in feeling
with or for the other, in empathy or Einfühlung one tends to lose oneself in
the other. The concept of Einfühlung received its classical formulation in the
work of Theodor Lipps, who characterized it as a process of involuntary, inner
imitation whereby a subject identifies through feeling with the movement of
another body, whether it be the real leap of a dancer or the illusory upward
lift of an architectural column. Complete empathy is considered to be
aesthetic, providing a non-representational access to beauty. Husserl used a
phenomenologically purified concept of Einfühlung to account for the way the
self directly recognizes the other. Husserl’s student Edith Stein described
Einfühlung as a blind egoism Einfühlung 255
255 mode of knowledge that reaches the experience of the other without
possessing it. Einfühlung is not to be equated with Verstehen or human
understanding, which, as Dilthey pointed out, requires the use of all one’s
mental powers, and cannot be reduced to a mere mode of feeling. To understand
is not to apprehend something empathetically as the projected locus of an
actual experience, but to apperceive the meaning of expressions of experience
in relation to their context. Whereas understanding is reflective, empathy is
prereflective.
cabala – or kabala – cited by Grice
“Perhaps Moses brought more than the ten commandments from Sinai.” from Hebrew
qabbala, ‘tradition’, a system of Jewish mysticism and theosophy practiced from
the thirteenth to the eighteenth century; loosely, all forms of Jewish
mysticism. Believed by its adherents to be a tradition communicated to Moses at
Sinai, the main body of cabalistic writing, the Zohar, is thought to be the
work primarily of Moses de León of Guadalajara, in the thirteenth century,
though he attributed it to the second-century rabbi Simon bar Yohai. The Zohar
builds on earlier Jewish mysticism, and is replete with gnostic and Neoplatonic
themes. It offers the initiated access to the mysteries of God’s being, human
destiny, and the meaning of the commandments. The transcendent and strictly
unitary God of rabbinic Judaism here encounters ten apparently real divine
powers, called sefirot, which together represent God’s being and appearance in
the cosmos and include male and female principles. Evil in the world is seen as
a reflection of a cosmic rupture in this system, and redemption on earth
entails restoration of the divine order. Mankind can assist in this task
through knowledge, piety, and observance of the law. Isaac Luria in the
sixteenth century developed these themes with graphic descriptions of the
dramas of creation, cosmic rupture, and restoration, the latter process
requiring human assistance more than ever.
cæteris paribus: Strawson and Wiggins: that the
principle holds ceteris paribus is a necessary condition for the very existence
of the activity in question. Central. Grice technically directs his attenetion
to this in his “Method”. There, he tries to introduce “WILLING” as a predicate,
i.e. a theoretical concept which is implicitly defined by the LAW in a THEORY
that it occurs. This theory is ‘psychology,’ but understood as a ‘folk
science.’ So the conditionals are ‘ceteris paribus.’ Schiffer and Cartwright
were aware of this. Especially Cartwright who attended seminars on this with
Grice on ‘as if.’ Schiffer was well aware of the topic via Loar and others.
Griceians who were trying to come up with a theory of content without relying
on semantic stuff would involve ‘caeteris paribus’ ‘laws.’ Grice in discussion
with Davidson comes to the same conclusion, hence his “A T C,’ all things
considered and prima facie. H. L. A. Hart, with his concept of ‘defeasibility’
relates. Vide Baker. And obviously those who regard ‘implicaturum’ as
nonmonotonic. Caeteris paribus -- Levinon “generalised implicaturum as by
default” default logic, a formal system for reasoning with defaults, developed
by Raymond Reiter in 0. Reiter’s defaults have the form ‘P:MQ1 , . . . ,
MQn/R’, read ‘If P is believed and Q1 . . . Qn are consistent with one’s
beliefs, then R may be believed’. Whether a proposition is consistent with
one’s beliefs depends on what defaults have already been applied. Given the
defaults P:MQ/Q and R:M-Q/-Q, and the facts P and R, applying the first default
yields Q while applying the second default yields -Q. So applying either
default blocks the other. Consequently, a default theory may have several
default extensions. Normal defaults having the form P:MQ/Q, useful for
representing simple cases of nonmonotonic reasoning, are inadequate for more
complex cases. Reiter produces a reasonably clean proof theory for normal
default theories and proves that every normal default theory has an extension.
Cabeo: essential Italian
philosopher. Refs.: Luigi Speranza, "Grice e Cabeo," per Il Club
Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia.
Cacciari: essential Italian philosopher. Refs.: Luigi
Speranza, "Grice e Cacciari," per Il Club Anglo-Italiano, The
Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia.
cairdianism: e. Oxford Hegelian of the type Grice saw
mostly every day! philosopher, a leading absolute idealist. Influential as both
a writer and a teacher, Caird was professor of moral philosophy at Glasgow and
master of Balliol , Oxford. His aim in philosophy was to overcome intellectual
oppositions. In his main work, The Critical Philosophy of Kant 9, he argued
that Kant had done this by using reason to synthesize rationalism and
empiricism while reconciling science and religion. In Caird’s view, Kant
unfortunately treated reason as subjective, thereby retaining an opposition
between self and world. Loosely following Hegel, Caird claimed that objective
reason, or the Absolute, was a larger whole in which both self and world were
fragments. In his Evolution of Religion 3 Caird argued that religion
progressively understands God as the Absolute and hence as what reconciles self
and world. This allowed him to defend Christianity as the highest evolutionary
stage of religion without defending the literal truth of Scripture.
cajetan, original name, --
H. P. Grice thinks that Shropshire borrowed his proof for the immortality of
the soul from Cajetan -- Tommaso de Vio, prelate and theologian. Born in Gaeta
from which he took his name, he entered the Dominican order in 1484 and studied
philosophy and theology at Naples, Bologna, and Padua. He became a cardinal in
1517; during the following two years he traveled to G.y, where he engaged in a
theological controversy with Luther. His major work is a Commentary on St.
Thomas’ Summa of Theology 1508, which promoted a renewal of interest in
Scholastic and Thomistic philosophy during the sixteenth century. In agreement
with Aquinas, Cajetan places the origin of human knowledge in sense perception.
In contrast with Aquinas, he denies that the immortality of the soul and the
existence of God as our creator can be proved. Cajetan’s work in logic was
based on traditional Aristotelian syllogistic logic but is original in its
discussion of the notion of analogy. Cajetan distinguishes three types: analogy
of inequality, analogy of attribution, and analogy of proportion. Whereas he
rejected the first two types as improper, he regarded the last as the basic
type of analogy and appealed to it in explaining how humans come to know God
and how analogical reasoning applied to God and God’s creatures avoids being
equivocal.
calculus: -- Hobbes uses
‘calculation – How latin is that? calcŭlo , āre, v. a. id., I.to calculate, compute, reckon (late Lat.). from
diminutive of ‘calx,’ a stone usef for reckon --- I. Lit., Prud. στεφ. 3, 131.—
II. Trop., to consider as, to esteem, Sid. Ep. 7, 9.Grice uses ‘calculus’
slightly different, in the phrase “first-order predicate calculus with
time-relative identity” -- a central branch of mathematics, originally
conceived in connection with the determination of the tangent or normal to a
curve and of the area between it and some fixed axis; but it also embraced the
calculation of volumes and of areas of curved surfaces, the lengths of curved
lines, and so on. Mathematical analysis is a still broader branch that subsumed
the calculus under its rubric see below, together with the theories of
functions and of infinite series. Still more general and/or abstract versions
of analysis have been developed during the twentieth century, with applications
to other branches of mathematics, such as probability theory. The origins of
the calculus go back to Grecian mathematics, usually in problems of determining
the slope of a tangent to a curve and the area enclosed underneath it by some
fixed axes or by a closed curve; sometimes related questions such as the length
of an arc of a curve, or the area of a curved surface, were considered. The
subject flourished in the seventeenth century when the analytical geometry of
Descartes gave algebraic means to extend the procedures. It developed further
when the problems of slope and area were seen to require the finding of new
functions, and that the pertaining processes were seen to be inverse. Newton
and Leibniz had these insights in the late seventeenth century, independently
and in different forms. In the Leibnizian differential calculus the
differential dx was proposed as an infinitesimal increment on x, and of the
same dimension as x; the slope of the tangent to a curve with y as a function
of x was the ratio dy/dx. The integral, ex, was infinitely large and of the
dimension of x; thus for linear variables x and y the area ey dx was the sum of
the areas of rectangles y high and dx wide. All these quantities were variable,
and so could admit higher-order differentials and integrals ddx, eex, and so
on. This theory was extended during the eighteenth century, especially by
Euler, to functions of several independent variables, and with the creation of
the calculus of variations. The chief motivation was to solve differential
equations: they were motivated largely by problems in mechanics, which was then
the single largest branch of mathematics. Newton’s less successful fluxional
calculus used limits in its basic definitions, thereby changing dimensions for
the defined terms. The fluxion was the rate of change of a variable quantity
relative to “time”; conversely, that variable was the “fluent” of its fluxion.
These quantities were also variable; fluxions and fluents of higher orders
could be defined from them. A third tradition was developed during the late
eighteenth century by J. L. Lagrange. For him the “derived functions” of a
function fx were definable by purely algebraic means from its Taylorian
power-series expansion about any value of x. By these means it was hoped to
avoid the use of both infinitesimals and limits, which exhibited conceptual
difficulties, the former due to their unclear ontology as values greater than
zero but smaller than any orthodox quantity, the latter because of the naive
theories of their deployment. In the early nineteenth century the Newtonian
tradition died away, and Lagrange’s did not gain general conviction; however,
the LeibnizEuler line kept some of its health, for its utility in physical
applications. But all these theories gradually became eclipsed by the
mathematical analysis of A. L. Cauchy. As with Newton’s calculus, the theory of
limits was central, but they were handled in a much more sophisticated way. He
replaced the usual practice of defining the integral as more or less
automatically the inverse of the differential or fluxion or whatever by giving
independent definitions of the derivative and the integral; thus for the first
time the fundamental “theorem” of the calculus, stating their inverse
relationship, became a genuine theorem, requiring sufficient conditions upon
the function to ensure its truth. Indeed, Cauchy pioneered the routine
specification of necessary and/or sufficient conditions for truth of theorems
in analysis. His discipline also incorporated the theory of discontinuous
functions and the convergence or divergence of infinite series. Again, general
definitions were proffered and conditions sought for properties to hold.
Cauchy’s discipline was refined and extended in the second half of the
nineteenth century by K. Weierstrass and his followers at Berlin. The study of
existence theorems as for irrational numbers, and also technical questions
largely concerned with trigonometric series, led to the emergence of set
topology. In addition, special attention was given to processes involving
several variables changing in value together, and as a result the importance of
quantifiers was recognized for example,
reversing their order from ‘there is a y such that for all x . . .’ to ‘for all
x, there is a y . . .’. This developed later into general set theory, and then
to mathematical logic: Cantor was the major figure in the first aspect, while
G. Peano pioneered much for the second. Under this regime of “rigor,”
infinitesimals such as dx became unacceptable as mathematical objects. However,
they always kept an unofficial place because of their utility when applying the
calculus, and since World War II theories have been put forward in which the established
level of rigor and generality are preserved and even improved but in which
infinitesimals are reinstated. The best-known of these theories, the
non-standard analysis of A. Robinson, makes use of model theory by defining
infinitesimals as arithmetical inverses of the transfinite integers generated
by a “non-standard model” of Peano’s postulates for the natural numbers.
calvin: j.: As C. of E.,
Grice was aware of the problems his father, a non-conformist, brought to his
High Anglican household, theologian and church reformer, a major figure in the
Protestant Reformation. He was especially important for the so-called Reformed
churches in France, Switzerland, the Netherlands, G.y, Scotland, and England.
Calvin was a theologian in the humanist tradition rather than a philosopher. He
valued philosophy as “a noble gift of God” and cited philosophers especially
Plato when it suited his purposes; but he rejected philosophical speculation
about “higher things” and despised
though sometimes exploiting its resources the dominant Scholastic philosophy of his
time, to which he had been introduced at the
of Paris. His eclectic culture also included a variety of philosophical
ideas, of whose source he was often unaware, that inevitably helped to shape
his thought. His Christianae religionis institutio first ed. 1536 but
repeatedly enlarged; in English generally cited as Institutes, his theological
treatises, his massive biblical commentaries, and his letters, all of which
were tr. into most European languages, thus helped to transmit various
philosophical motifs and attitudes in an unsystematic form both to
contemporaries and to posterity. He passed on to his followers impulses derived
from both the antiqui and the moderni. From the former he inherited an intellectualist
anthropology that conceived of the personality as a hierarchy of faculties
properly subordinated to reason, which was at odds with his evangelical
theology; and, though he professed to scorn Stoicism, a moralism often more
Stoic than evangelical. He also relied occasionally on the Scholastic quaestio,
and regularly treated substantives, like the antiqui, as real entities. These
elements in his thought also found expression in tendencies to a natural
theology based on an innate and universal religious instinct that can discern
evidences of the existence and attributes of God everywhere in nature, and a
conception of the Diety as immutable and intelligible. This side of Calvinism
eventually found expression in Unitarianism and universalism. It was, however,
in uneasy tension with other tendencies in his thought that reflect both his
biblicism and a nominalist and Scotist sense of the extreme transcendence of
God. Like other humanists, therefore, he was also profoundly skeptical about
the capacity of the human mind to grasp ultimate truth, an attitude that
rested, for him, on both the consequences of original sin and the merely
conventional origins of language. Corollaries of this were his sense of the
contingency of all human intellectual constructions and a tendency to emphasize
the utility rather than the truth even of such major elements in his theology
as the doctrine of predestination. It may well be no accident, therefore, that
later skepticism and pragmatism have been conspicuous in thinkers nurtured by
later Calvinism, such as Bayle, Hume, and James.
cambridge change, a non-genuine
change: Grice loved the phrase seeing that, “while at Oxford we had a minor
revolution, at Cambridge, if the place counts, they didn’t. “I went to Oxford.
You went to Cambridge. He went to the London School of Economics.” If I turn
pale, I am changing, whereas your turning pale is only a Cambridge change in
me. When I acquire the property of being such that you are pale, I do not
change. In general, an object’s acquiring a new property is not a sufficient
condition for that object to change although some other object may genuinely
change. Thus also, my being such that you are pale counts only as a Cambridge
property of me, a property such that my gaining or losing it is only a
Cambridge change. Cambridge properties are a proper subclass of extrinsic
properties: being south of Chicago is considered an extrinsic property of me,
but since my moving to Canada would be a genuine change, being south of Chicago
cannot, for me, be a Cambridge property. The concept of a Cambridge change
reflects a way of thinking entrenched in common sense, but it is difficult to
clarify, and its philosophical value is controversial. Neither science nor
formal semantics, e.g., supports this viewpoint. Perhaps calculus, fluxional
Cambridge changes and properties are, for better or worse, inseparable from a vague,
intuitive metaphysics.
campanella: one of the most
important of the Italian philosophers. H.
P. Grice enjoyed his philosophical poems.-
15681639, theologian,
philosopher, and poet. He joined the Dominican order in 1582. Most of the years
between 1592 and 1634 he spent in prison for heresy and for conspiring to
replace rule in southern Italy with a
utopian republic. He fled to France in 1634 and spent his last years in
freedom. Some of his best poetry was written while he was chained in a dungeon;
and during less rigorous confinement he managed to write over a hundred books,
not all of which survive. His best-known work, The City of the Sun 1602;
published 1623, describes a community governed in accordance with astrological
principles, with a priest as head of state. In later political writings,
Campanella attacked Machiavelli and called for either a universal monarchy with the pope as spiritual head or a
universal theocracy with the pope as both spiritual and temporal leader. His
first publication was Philosophy Demonstrated by the Senses 1591, which
supported the theories of Telesio and initiated his lifelong attack on
Aristotelianism. He hoped to found a new Christian philosophy based on the two
books of nature and Scripture, both of which are manifestations of God. While
he appealed to sense experience, he was not a straightforward empiricist, for
he saw the natural world as alive and sentient, and he thought of magic as a
tool for utilizing natural processes. In this he was strongly influenced by
Ficino. Despite his own difficulties with Rome, he wrote in support of Galileo.
Refs.: Luigi Speranza, "Grice e
Campanella," per Il Club Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa
Grice, Liguria, Italia.
campbell: n. r. – H. P.
Grice drew some ideas on scientific laws from Campbell -- British physicist and philosopher of science.
A successful experimental physicist, Campbell with A. Wood discovered the
radioactivity of potassium. His analysis of science depended on a sharp
distinction between experimental laws and theories. Experimental laws are
generalizations established by observations. A theory has the following
structure. First, it requires a largely arbitrary hypothesis, which in itself
is untestable. To render it testable, the theory requires a “dictionary” of
propositions linking the hypothesis to scientific laws, which can be
established experimentally. But theories are not merely logical relations
between hypotheses and experimental laws; they also require concrete analogies
or models. Indeed, the models suggest the nature of the propositions in the
dictionary. The analogies are essential components of the theory, and, for Campbell,
are nearly always mechanical. His theory of science greatly influenced Nagel’s
The Structure of Science 1.
camus, A.: H. P. Grice
said that Martin Heidegger is the greatest philosopher alive – He was aware
that he was contesting with Camus – but Grice saw Camus moer as a ‘novelist’
than a philosopher. -- philosophical
novelist and essayist who was also a prose poet and the conscience of his
times. He was born and raised in Algeria, and his experiences as a fatherless,
tubercular youth, as a young playwright and journalist in Algiers, and later in
the anti-G. resistance in Paris during World War II informed everything he
wrote. His best-known writings are not overtly political; his most famous
works, the novel The Stranger written in 0, published in 2 and his book-length
essay The Myth of Sisyphus written in 1, published in 3 explore the notion of
“the absurd,” which Camus alternatively describes as the human condition and as
“a widespread sensitivity of our times.” The absurd, briefly defined, is the
confrontation between ourselves with our
demands for rationality and justice and
an “indifferent universe.” Sisyphus, who was condemned by the gods to the
endless, futile task of rolling a rock up a mountain whence it would roll back
down of its own weight, thus becomes an exemplar of the human condition,
struggling hopelessly and pointlessly to achieve something. The odd antihero of
The Stranger, on the other hand, unconsciously accepts the absurdity of life.
He makes no judgments, accepts the most repulsive characters as his friends and
neighbors, and remains unmoved by the death of his mother and his own killing
of a man. Facing execution for his crime, he “opens his heart to the benign
indifference of the universe.” But such stoic acceptance is not the message of
Camus’s philosophy. Sisyphus thrives he is even “happy” by virtue of his scorn
and defiance of the gods, and by virtue of a “rebellion” that refuses to give
in to despair. This same theme motivates Camus’s later novel, The Plague7, and
his long essay The Rebel 1. In his last work, however, a novel called The Fall
published in 6, the year before he won the Nobel prize for literature, Camus
presents an unforgettably perverse character named Jean-Baptiste Clamence, who
exemplifies all the bitterness and despair rejected by his previous characters
and in his earlier essays. Clamence, like the character in The Stranger,
refuses to judge people, but whereas Meursault the “stranger” is incapable of
judgment, Clamence who was once a lawyer makes it a matter of philosophical
principle, “for who among us is innocent?” It is unclear where Camus’s thinking
was heading when he was killed in an automobile accident with his publisher,
Gallimard, who survived.
canguilhem: g. H. P. Grice
drew some ideas on scientific laws from Canguillhem -- historian and
philosopher of science. Canguilhem succeeded Gaston Bachelard as director of
the Institut d’Histoire des Sciences et des Techniques at the of Paris. He developed and sometimes revised
Bachelard’s view of science, extending it to issues in the biological and
medical sciences, where he focused particularly on the concepts of the normal
and the pathological The Normal and the Pathological, 6. On his account norms
are not objective in the sense of being derived from value-neutral scientific
inquiry, but are rooted in the biological reality of the organisms that they
regulate. Canguilhem also introduced an important methodological distinction
between concepts and theories. Rejecting the common view that scientific
concepts are simply functions of the theories in which they are embedded, he
argued that the use of concepts to interpret data is quite distinct from the
use of theories to explain the data. Consequently, the same concepts may occur
in very different theoretical contexts. Canguilhem made particularly effective
use of this distinction in tracing the origin of the concept of reflex
action.
captainship. Strawson calls
Grice his captain. In the inaugural lecture. . A struggle on what seems to be
such a From Meaning and Truth (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970) TRUTH AND
MEANING central issue in philosophy should have something of a Homeric quality;
and a Homeric struggle calls for gods and heroes. I can at least, though
tentatively, name some living captains and benevolent shades: on the one side,
say, Grice, Austin, and the later Wittgenstein; on the other, Chomsky, Frege,
and the earlier Wittgenstein.
cardinal -- H. P. Grice and
The cardinal virtues, prudence prudential (in ratione) practical wisdom,
courage (fortitude in irascibili), temperance (temperantia in concuspicibili),
and justice (iustitia in voluntate). Grice thought them oxymoronic: “Virtue is
entire, surely!” -- Medievals deemed them cardinal from Latin cardo, ‘hinge’
because of their important or pivotal role in human flourishing. In Plato’s
Republic, Socrates explains them through a doctrine of the three parts of the
soul, suggesting that a person is prudent when knowledge of how to live wisdom
informs her reason, courageous when informed reason governs her capacity for
wrath, temperate when it also governs her appetites, and just when each part
performs its proper task with informed reason in control. Development of
thought on the cardinal virtues was closely tied to the doctrine of the unity
of the virtues, i.e., that a person possessing one virtue will have them
all.
carlyleianim:, T.: When Grice
was feeling that his mode operators made for poor prose he would wonder, “what
Carlyle might think of this!” -- Scottish-born essayist, historian, and social
critic, one of the most popular writers and lecturers in nineteenth-century
Britain. His works include literary criticism, history, and cultural criticism.
With respect to philosophy, his views on the theory of history are his most significant
contributions. According to Carlyle, great personages are the most important
causal factor in history. On Heroes, Hero-Worship and the Heroic in History
1841 asserts, “Universal History, the history of what man has accomplished in
this world, is at bottom the History of the Great Men who have worked here.
They were the leaders of men, these great ones; the modellers, patterns, and in
a wide sense creators, of whatsoever the general mass of men contrived to do or
to attain; all things that we see standing accomplished in the world are
properly the outer material result, the practical realisation and embodiment,
of Thoughts that dwelt in the Great Men sent into the world: the soul of the
whole world’s history, it may justly be considered, were the history of these.”
Carlyle’s doctrine has been challenged from many different directions. Hegelian
and Marxist philosophers maintain that the so-called great men of history are
not really the engine of history, but merely reflections of deeper forces, such
as economic ones, while contemporary historians emphasize the priority of
“history from below” the social history
of everyday people as far more
representative of the historical process.
carnapianism: r: the inventor,
with Russell, of the pirot. -- G.-born
philosopher, one of the leaders of the Vienna Circle, a movement loosely
called logical positivism or logical empiricism. He made fundamental
contributions to semantics and the philosophy of science, as well as to the
foundations of probability and inductive logic. He was a staunch advocate of,
and active in, the unity of science movement. Carnap received his Ph.D. in
philosophy from the of Jena in 1. His
first major work was Die Logische Aufbau der Welt 8, in which he sought to
apply the new logic recently developed by Frege and by Russell and Whitehead to
problems in the philosophy of science. Although influential, it was not tr.
until 7, when it appeared as The Logical Structure of the World. It was
important as one of the first clear and unambiguous statements that the
important work of philosophy concerned logical structure: that language and its
logic were to be the focus of attention. In 5 Carnap left his native G.y for
the United States, where he taught at the
of Chicago and then at UCLA. Die Logiche Syntax der Sprach 4 was rapidly
tr. into English, appearing as The Logical Syntax of Language 7. This was
followed in 1 by Introduction to Semantics, and in 2 by The Formalization of
Logic. In 7 Meaning and Necessity appeared; it provided the groundwork for a
modal logic that would mirror the meticulous semantic development of
first-order logic in the first two volumes. One of the most important concepts
introduced in these volumes was that of a state description. A state
description is the linguistic counterpart of a possible world: in a given
language, the most complete description of the world that can be given. Carnap
then turned to one of the most pervasive and important problems to arise in
both the philosophy of science and the theory of meaning. To say that the
meaning of a sentence is given by the conditions under which it would be
verified as the early positivists did or that a scientific theory is verified
by predictions that turn out to be true, is clearly to speak loosely. Absolute
verification does not occur. To carry out the program of scientific philosophy
in a realistic way, we must be able to speak of the support given by
inconclusive evidence, either in providing epistemological justification for
scientific knowledge, or in characterizing the meanings of many of the terms of
our scientific language. This calls for an understanding of probability, or as
Carnap preferred to call it, degree of confirmation. We must distinguish
between two senses of probability: what he called probability1, corresponding
to credibility, and probability2, corresponding to the frequency or empirical
conception of probability defended by Reichenbach and von Mises. ‘Degree of
confirmation’ was to be the formal concept corresponding to credibility. The
first book on this subject, written from the same point of view as the works on
semantics, was The Logical Foundations of Probability 0. The goal was a logical
definition of ‘ch,e’: the degree of confirmation of a hypothesis h, relative to
a body of evidence e, or the degree of rational belief that one whose total
evidence was e should commit to h. Of course we must first settle on a formal
language in which to express the hypothesis and the evidence; for this Carnap
chooses a first-order language based on a finite number of one-place
predicates, and a countable number of individual constants. Against this
background, we perform the following reductions: ‘ch,e’ represents a
conditional probability; thus it can be represented as the ratio of the
absolute probabilCarlyle, Thomas Carnap, Rudolf 118 118 ity of h & e to the absolute
probability of e. Absolute probabilities are represented by the value of a
measure function m, defined for sentences of the language. The problem is to
define m. But every sentence in Carnap’s languages is equivalent to a
disjunction of state descriptions; the measure to be assigned to it must,
according to the probability calculus, be the sum of the measures assigned to
its constituent state descriptions. Now the problem is to define m for state
descriptions. Recall that state descriptions were part of the machinery Carnap
developed earlier. The function c† is a confirmation function based on the
assignment of equal measures to each state description. It is inadequate,
because if h is not entailed by e, c†h,e % m†h, the a priori measure assigned
to h. We cannot “learn from experience.” A measure that does not have that
drawback is m*, which is based on the assignment of equal measures to each
structure description. A structure description is a set of state descriptions;
two state descriptions belong to the same structure description just in case
one can be obtained from the other by a permutation of individual constants.
Within the structure description, equal values are assigned to each state description.
In the next book, The Continuum of Inductive Methods, Carnap takes the rate at
which we learn from experience to be a fundamental parameter of his assignments
of probability. Like measures on state descriptions, the values of the
probability of the singular predictive inference determine all other
probabilities. The “singular predictive inference” is the inference from the
observation that individual 1 has one set of properties, individual 2 has
another set of properties, etc., to the conclusion: individual j will have
property k. Finally, in the last works Studies in Inductive Logic and
Probability, vols. I [1] and II [0], edited with Richard Jeffrey Carnap offered
two long articles constituting his Basic System of Inductive Logic. This system
is built around a language having families of attributes e.g., color or sound
that can be captured by predicates. The basic structure is still monadic, and
the logic still lacks identity, but there are more parameters. There is a
parameter l that reflects the “rate of learning from experience”; a parameter h
that reflects an inductive relation between values of attributes belonging to
families. With the introduction of arbitrary parameters, Carnap was edging
toward a subjective or personalistic view of probability. How far he was
willing to go down the subjectivist garden path is open to question; that he
discovered more to be relevant to inductive logic than the “language” of
science seems clear. Carnap’s work on probability measures on formal languages
is destined to live for a long time. So too is his work on formal semantics. He
was a staunch advocate of the fruitfulness of formal studies in philosophy, of
being clear and explicit, and of offering concrete examples. Beyond the
particular philosophical doctrines he advocated, these commitments characterize
his contribution to philosophy.
Cartesio: cartesianism: The word
‘Cartesianism’ shows that the ‘de’ that the English adored (“How to become a
Brit” – Mykes) is mostly otiose! -- Descartes, R.: v. H. P. Grice, “Descartes
on clear and distinct perception,” -- philosopher, a founder of the “modern
age” and perhaps the most important figure in the intellectual revolution of
the seventeenth century in which the traditional systems of understanding based
on Aristotle were challenged and, ultimately, overthrown. His conception of
philosophy was all-embracing: it encompassed mathematics and the physical
sciences as well as psychology and ethics, and it was based on what he claimed
to be absolutely firm and reliable metaphysical foundations. His approach to
the problems of knowledge, certainty, and the nature of the human mind played a
major part in shaping the subsequent development of philosophy. Life and works.
Descartes was born in a small town near Tours that now bears his name. He was
brought up by his maternal grandmother his mother having died soon after his
birth, and at the age of ten he was sent to the recently founded Jesuit of La Flèche in Anjou, where he remained as a
boarding pupil for nine years. At La Flèche he studied classical literature and
traditional classics-based subjects such as history and rhetoric as well as
natural philosophy based on the Aristotelian system and theology. He later
wrote of La Flèche that he considered it “one of the best schools in Europe,”
but that, as regards the philosophy he had learned there, he saw that “despite
being cultivated for many centuries by the best minds, it contained no point
which was not disputed and hence doubtful.” At age twenty-two having taken a
law degree de re Descartes, René 223
223 at Poitiers, Descartes set out on a series of travels in Europe,
“resolving,” as he later put it, “to seek no knowledge other than that which
could be found either in myself or the great book of the world.” The most important
influence of this early period was Descartes’s friendship with the Dutchman
Isaac Beeckman, who awakened his lifelong interest in mathematics a science in which he discerned precision and
certainty of the kind that truly merited the title of scientia Descartes’s term
for genuine systematic knowledge based on reliable principles. A considerable
portion of Descartes’s energies as a young man was devoted to pure mathematics:
his essay on Geometry published in 1637 incorporated results discovered during the
1620s. But he also saw mathematics as the key to making progress in the applied
sciences; his earliest work, the Compendium Musicae, written in 1618 and
dedicated to Beeckman, applied quantitative principles to the study of musical
harmony and dissonance. More generally, Descartes saw mathematics as a kind of
paradigm for all human understanding: “those long chains composed of very
simple and easy reasonings, which geometers customarily use to arrive at their
most difficult demonstrations, gave me occasion to suppose that all the things
which fall within the scope of human knowledge are interconnected in the same
way” Discourse on the Method, Part II. In the course of his travels, Descartes
found himself closeted, on November 10, 1619, in a “stove-heated room” in a
town in southern G.y, where after a day of intense meditation, he had a series
of vivid dreams that convinced him of his mission to found a new scientific and
philosophical system. After returning to Paris for a time, he emigrated to
Holland in 1628, where he was to live though with frequent changes of address
for most of the rest of his life. By 1633 he had ready a treatise on cosmology
and physics, Le Monde; but he cautiously withdrew the work from publication
when he heard of the condemnation of Galileo by the Inquisition for rejecting
as Descartes himself did the traditional geocentric theory of the universe. But
in 1637 Descartes released for publication, in , a sample of his scientific
work: three essays entitled the Optics, Meteorology, and Geometry. Prefaced to
that selection was an autobiographical introduction entitled Discourse on the
Method of rightly conducting one’s reason and reaching the truth in the
sciences. This work, which includes discussion of a number of scientific issues
such as the circulation of the blood, contains in Part IV a summary of
Descartes’s views on knowledge, certainty, and the metaphysical foundations of
science. Criticisms of his arguments here led Descartes to compose his
philosophical masterpiece, the Meditations on First Philosophy, published in
Latin in 1641 a dramatic account of the
voyage of discovery from universal doubt to certainty of one’s own existence,
and the subsequent struggle to establish the existence of God, the nature and
existence of the external world, and the relation between mind and body. The
Meditations aroused enormous interest among Descartes’s contemporaries, and six
sets of objections by celebrated philosophers and theologians including
Mersenne, Hobbes, Arnauld, and Gassendi were published in the same volume as
the first edition a seventh set, by the Jesuit Pierre Bourdin, was included in
the second edition of 1642. A few years later, Descartes published, in Latin, a
mammoth compendium of his metaphysical and scientific views, the Principles of
Philosophy, which he hoped would become a
textbook to rival the standard texts based on Aristotle. In the later
1640s, Descartes became interested in questions of ethics and psychology,
partly as a result of acute questions about the implications of his system
raised by Princess Elizabeth of Bohemia in a long and fruitful correspondence.
The fruits of this interest were published in 1649 in a lengthy treatise entitled The Passions of the Soul.
The same year, Descartes accepted after much hesitation an invitation to go to
Stockholm to give philosophical instruction to Queen Christina of Sweden. He
was required to provide tutorials at the royal palace at five o’clock in the
morning, and the strain of this break in his habits he had maintained the
lifelong custom of lying in bed late into the morning led to his catching
pneumonia. He died just short of his fifty-fourth birthday. The Cartesian
system. In a celebrated simile, Descartes described the whole of philosophy as
like a tree: the roots are metaphysics, the trunk physics, and the branches are
the various particular sciences, including mechanics, medicine, and morals. The
analogy captures at least three important features of the Cartesian system. The
first is its insistence on the essential unity of knowledge, which contrasts
strongly with the Aristotelian conception of the sciences as a series of
separate disciplines, each with its own methods and standards of precision. The
sciences, as Descartes put it in an early notebook, are all “linked together”
in a sequence that is in principle as simple and straightforward as the series
of numbers. The second point conveyed by the tree simile is the utility of
philosophy for ordinary living: the tree is valued for its fruits, and these
are gathered, Descartes points out, “not from the roots or the trunk but from
the ends of the branches” the practical
sciences. Descartes frequently stresses that his principal motivation is not
abstract theorizing for its own sake: in place of the “speculative philosophy
taught in the Schools,” we can and should achieve knowledge that is “useful in
life” and that will one day make us “masters and possessors of nature.” Third,
the likening of metaphysics or “first philosophy” to the roots of the tree
nicely captures the Cartesian belief in what has come to be known as
foundationalism the view that knowledge
must be constructed from the bottom up, and that nothing can be taken as
established until we have gone back to first principles. Doubt and the
foundations of belief. In Descartes’s central work of metaphysics, the
Meditations, he begins his construction project by observing that many of the
preconceived opinions he has accepted since childhood have turned out to be
unreliable; so it is necessary, “once in a lifetime” to “demolish everything
and start again, right from the foundations.” Descartes proceeds, in other
words, by applying what is sometimes called his method of doubt, which is
explained in the earlier Discourse on the Method: “Since I now wished to devote
myself solely to the search for truth, I thought it necessary to . . . reject
as if absolutely false everything in which one could imagine the least doubt,
in order to see if I was left believing anything that was entirely
indubitable.” In the Meditations we find this method applied to produce a
systematic critique of previous beliefs, as follows. Anything based on the
senses is potentially suspect, since “I have found by experience that the
senses sometimes deceive, and it is prudent never to trust completely those who
have deceived us even once.” Even such seemingly straightforward judgments as
“I am sitting here by the fire” may be false, since there is no guarantee that
my present experience is not a dream. The dream argument as it has come to be
called leaves intact the truths of mathematics, since “whether I am awake or
asleep two and three make five”; but Descartes now proceeds to introduce an
even more radical argument for doubt based on the following dilemma. If there
is an omnipotent God, he could presumably cause me to go wrong every time I
count two and three; if, on the other hand, there is no God, then I owe my
origins not to a powerful and intelligent creator, but to some random series of
imperfect causes, and in this case there is even less reason to suppose that my
basic intuitions about mathematics are reliable. By the end of the First
Meditation, Descartes finds himself in a morass of wholesale doubt, which he
dramatizes by introducing an imaginary demon “of the utmost power and cunning”
who is systematically deceiving him in every possible way. Everything I believe
in “the sky, the earth and all external
things” might be illusions that the
demon has devised in order to trick me. Yet this very extremity of doubt, when
pushed as far as it will go, yields the first indubitable truth in the
Cartesian quest for knowledge the
existence of the thinking subject. “Let the demon deceive me as much as he may,
he can never bring it about that I am nothing, so long as I think I am
something. . . . I am, I exist, is certain, as often as it is put forward by me
or conceived in the mind.” Elsewhere, Descartes expresses this cogito argument
in the famous phrase “Cogito ergo sum” “I am thinking, therefore I exist”.
Having established his own existence, Descartes proceeds in the Third
Meditation to make an inventory of the ideas he finds within him, among which
he identifies the idea of a supremely perfect being. In a much criticized
causal argument he reasons that the representational content or “objective
reality” of this idea is so great that it cannot have originated from inside
his own imperfect mind, but must have been planted in him by an actual perfect
being God. The importance of God in the
Cartesian system can scarcely be overstressed. Once the deity’s existence is
established, Descartes can proceed to reinstate his belief in the world around
him: since God is perfect, and hence would not systematically deceive, the
strong propensity he has given us to believe that many of our ideas come from
external objects must, in general, be sound; and hence the external world
exists Sixth Meditation. More important still, Descartes uses the deity to set
up a reliable method for the pursuit of truth. Human beings, since they are
finite and imperfect, often go wrong; in particular, the data supplied by the
senses is often, as Descartes puts it, “obscure and confused.” But each of us
can nonetheless avoid error, provided we remember to withhold judgment in such
doubtful cases and confine ourselves to the “clear and distinct” perceptions of
the pure intellect. A reliable intellect was God’s gift to man, and if we use
it with the greatest posDescartes, René Descartes, René 225 225 sible care, we can be sure of avoiding
error Fourth Meditation. In this central part of his philosophy, Descartes
follows in a long tradition going back to Augustine with its ultimate roots in
Plato that in the first place is skeptical about the evidence of the senses as
against the more reliable abstract perceptions of the intellect, and in the second
place sees such intellectual knowledge as a kind of illumination derived from a
higher source than man’s own mind. Descartes frequently uses the ancient
metaphor of the “natural light” or “light of reason” to convey this notion that
the fundamental intuitions of the intellect are inherently reliable. The label
‘rationalist’, which is often applied to Descartes in this connection, can be
misleading, since he certainly does not rely on reason alone: in the
development of his scientific theories he allows a considerable role to
empirical observation in the testing of hypotheses and in the understanding of
the mechanisms of nature his “vortex theory” of planetary revolutions is based
on observations of the behavior of whirlpools. What is true, nonetheless, is
that the fundamental building blocks of Cartesian science are the innate ideas
chiefly those of mathematics whose reliability Descartes takes as guaranteed by
their having been implanted in the mind by God. But this in turn gives rise to
a major problem for the Cartesian system, which was first underlined by some of
Descartes’s contemporaries notably Mersenne and Arnauld, and which has come to
be known as the Cartesian circle. If the reliability of the clear and distinct
perceptions of the intellect depends on our knowledge of God, then how can that
knowledge be established in the first place? If the answer is that we can prove
God’s existence from premises that we clearly and distinctly perceive, then
this seems circular; for how are we entitled, at this stage, to assume that our
clear and distinct perceptions are reliable? Descartes’s attempts to deal with
this problem are not entirely satisfactory, but his general answer seems to be
that there are some propositions that are so simple and transparent that, so
long as we focus on them, we can be sure of their truth even without a divine
guarantee. Cartesian science and dualism. The scientific system that Descartes
had worked on before he wrote the Meditations and that he elaborated in his
later work, the Principles of Philosophy, attempts wherever possible to reduce
natural phenomena to the quantitative descriptions of arithmetic and geometry:
“my consideration of matter in corporeal things,” he says in the Principles,
“involves absolutely nothing apart from divisions, shapes and motions.” This
connects with his metaphysical commitment to relying only on clear and distinct
ideas. In place of the elaborate apparatus of the Scholastics, with its
plethora of “substantial forms” and “real qualities,” Descartes proposes to
mathematicize science. The material world is simply an indefinite series of
variations in the shape, size, and motion of the single, simple, homogeneous
matter that he terms res extensa “extended substance”. Under this category he
includes all physical and biological events, even complex animal behavior,
which he regards as simply the result of purely mechanical processes for
non-human animals as mechanical automata, see Discourse, Part V. But there is
one class of phenomena that cannot, on Descartes’s view, be handled in this
way, namely conscious experience. Thought, he frequently asserts, is completely
alien to, and incompatible with, extension: it occupies no space, is unextended
and indivisible. Hence Descartes puts forward a dualistic theory of substance:
in addition to the res extensa that makes up the material universe, there is
res cogitans, or thinking substance, which is entirely independent of matter.
And each conscious individual is a unique thinking substance: “This ‘I’ that is, the soul, by which I am what I am,
is entirely distinct from the body, and would not fail to be what it is even if
the body did not exist.” Descartes’s arguments for the incorporeality of the
soul were challenged by his contemporaries and have been heavily criticized by
subsequent commentators. In the Discourse and the Second Meditation, he lays
great stress on his ability to form a conception of himself as an existing
subject, while at the same time doubting the existence of any physical thing;
but this, as the critics pointed out, seems inadequate to establish the
conclusion that he is a res cogitans a
being whose whole essence consists simply in thought. I may be able to imagine
myself without a body, but this hardly proves that I could in reality exist without
one see further the Synopsis to the Meditations. A further problem is that our
everyday experience testifies to the fact that we are not incorporeal beings,
but very much creatures of flesh and blood. “Nature teaches me by the
sensations of pain, hunger, thirst and so on,” Descartes admits in the Sixth
Meditation, “that I am not merely present in my body as a sailor is present in
a ship, but that I am very closely Descartes, René Descartes, René 226 226 joined and as it were intermingled with
it.” Yet how can an incorporeal soul interact with the body in this way? In his
later writings, Descartes speaks of the “union of soul and body” as a
“primitive notion” see letters to Elizabeth of May 21 and June 28, 1643; by
this he seems to have meant that, just as there are properties such as length
that belong to body alone, and properties such as understanding that belong to mind alone, so there are items
such as sensations that are irreducibly psychophysical, and that belong to me
insofar as I am an embodied consciousness. The explanation of such
psychophysical events was the task Descartes set himself in his last work, The
Passions of the Soul; here he developed his theory that the pineal gland in the
brain was the “seat of the soul,” where data from the senses were received via
the nervous system, and where bodily movements were initiated. But despite the
wealth of physiological detail Descartes provides, the central philosophical
problems associated with his dualistic account of humans as hybrid entities made
up of physical body and immaterial soul are, by common consent, not properly
sorted out. Influence. Despite the philosophical difficulties that beset the
Cartesian system, Descartes’s vision of a unified understanding of reality has
retained a powerful hold on scientists and philosophers ever since. His
insistence that the path to progress in science lay in the direction of
quantitative explanations has been substantially vindicated. His attempt to
construct a system of knowledge by starting from the subjective awareness of
the conscious self has been equally important, if only because so much of the
epistemology of our own time has been a reaction against the autocentric
perspective from which Descartes starts out. As for the Cartesian theory of the
mind, it is probably fair to say that the dualistic approach is now widely
regarded as raising more problems than it solves. But Descartes’s insistence
that the phenomena of conscious experience are recalcitrant to explanation in
purely physical terms remains deeply influential, and the cluster of profound
problems that he raised about the nature of the human mind and its relation to
the material world are still very far from being adequately resolved. Cartesianism -- Elizabeth of Bohemia 160, G.
Princess whose philosophical reputation rests on her correspondence with
Descartes. The most heavily discussed portion of this correspondence focuses on
the relationship between the mind and the body and on Descartes’s claim that
the mind-body union is a simple notion. Her discussions of free will and of the
nature of the sovereign good also have philosophical interest.
Grice,
in “Gli atti linguistici: aspetti e problemi di filosofia del lignuaggio.”
Campi del sapere/Feltrinelli.
Levi,
filosofo italiano – Italian philosopher of Jewish descent. Author of “Storia
della filosofia romana.”
Ferrero,
Italian philosopher, author of “Pigatorismo nel mondo romano.”
Garin,
Italian philosopher, author of a very rich, “La cultura filosofica del
rinascimento italiano.” And “L’umanesimo italiano” – Grice was Lit. Hum. Oxon,
so he knew.
Acri,
Italian philosopher, author of an essay on Plato’s and Vico’s theory of ideas.
“Abbozzo”
Alberti
– Italian philosopher, on ‘aesthetics.’ Cf. Grice on sensation.
Losurdo,
Italian philosopher, expert not on Grice, but Nietzsche, “Nietzsche, ribelle
aristocratico”
Giornale
critico della filosofia italiana.
Giovanni,
p. d. “Positivismo italiano.”
Cassiodoro: noble Italian
philosopher. Refs.: Luigi Speranza, "Grice e Cassiodoro," per Il Club
Anglo-Italiano, The Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia
cassirer: philosopher and
intellectual historian. He was born in the G. city of Breslau now Wroclaw,
Poland and educated at various G. universities. He completed his studies iat
Marburg under Hermann Cohen, founder of the Marburg School of neo-Kantianism.
Cassirer lectured at Berlin before accepting a professorship at the newly
founded of Hamburg. With the rise of
Nazism he left Germany, going first to a visiting appointment at (of all
places), All Souls, Oxford and then to a professorship at Göteborg, Sweden.
Seeing that Oxford didn’t care for him nor he for Oxford, he went to the New
World; he taught first at Yale in New Haven, on the Long Island Sound, and then
at Columbia. Cassirer’s oeuvre may be divided into those in the history of
philosophy and culture and those that present his own systematic thought. The
former include major editions of Leibniz and Kant; “The Problem of Knowledge,” which
traces the subject from Nicholas of Cusa to the twentieth century; and
individual works on Descartes, Leibniz, Kant, Rousseau, Goethe, the
Renaissance, the Enlightenment, and English Platonism, of all movements. The
latter, systematic, oeuvre, include his masterpiece, “Symbolic Form,” which
presents culture based on types of symbolism and individual oeuvre concerned
with problems in philosophy. Two of his best-known essays are “An Essay on Man”
and “The Myth of the State.” Cassirer did not consider his systematic
philosophy and his historical studies as separate endeavors; each grounded the
other. Because of his involvement with the Marburg School, his philosophical
position is frequently but mistakenly typed as neo-Kantian. Kant is an
important influence on him, but so are Hegel, Herder, Wilhelm von Humboldt,
Goethe, Leibniz, and Vico. Cassirer derives his principal philosophical
concept, that of “symbolic form,” most directly from Heinrich Hertz’s
conception of notation in mechanics and the conception of the “symbol” in art
of the Hegelian aesthetician, Friedrich Theodor Vischer. In a wider sense his
conception of a “symbolic form” is a transformation of “idea” and “form” within
the whole tradition of philosophical idealism. Cassirer’s conception of the “symbolic
form” is NOT based, as Grice’s and Peirce’s isn’t, on a distinction between the
symbolic form and the literal form. In Cassirer’s view all human knowledge
depends on the power to form experience through some type of “symbol.”. The
forms of human knowledge are coextensive with forms of human culture. The form
Cassirer most often analyzes is language. Language as a symbolic form yields to
a total system of human knowledge and culture that is the subject matter of
philosophy. conception of the “symbol form” has influenced a few Griceian with
continental tendendies. His studies of the Renaissance and the Enlightenment
still stand as groundbreaking works in intellectual history.
griceian casuistry: the case-analysis
approach to the interpretation of general moral rules. Casuistry starts with
paradigm cases of how and when a given general moral rule should be applied,
and then reasons by analogy to cases in which the proper application of the
rule is less obvious e.g., a case in
which lying is the only way for a priest not to betray a secret revealed in
confession. The point of considering the series of cases is to ascertain the
morally relevant similarities and differences between cases. Casuistry’s heyday
was the first half of the seventeenth century. Reacting against casuistry’s popularity
with the Jesuits and against its tendency to qualify general moral rules,
Pascal penned a polemic against casuistry from which the term never recovered
see his Provincial Letters, 1656. But the kind of reasoning to which the term
refers is flourishing in contemporary practical ethics.
Casalegno,
paolo. Italian philosopher – author of “H. P. Grice” in “Filosofia del
linguaggio.”
categorical theory: H. P. Grice
lectured at Oxford on Aristotle’s Categories in joint seminars with J. L.
Austin and P. F. Strawson, a theory all
of whose models are isomorphic. Because of its weak expressive power, in
first-order logic with identity only theories with a finite model can be
categorical; without identity no theories are categorical. A more interesting
property, therefore, is being categorical in power: a theory is categorical in
power a when the theory has, up to isomorphism, only one model with a domain of
cardinality a. Categoricity in power shows the capacity to characterize a
structure completely, only limited by cardinality. For example, the first-order
theory of dense order without endpoints is categorical in power w the
cardinality of the natural numbers. The first-order theory of simple discrete
orderings with initial element, the ordering of the natural numbers, is not
categorical in power w. There are countable discrete orders, not isomorphic to
the natural numbers, that are elementary equivalent to it, i.e., have the same
elementary, first-order theory. In first-order logic categorical theories are complete.
This is not necessarily true for extensions of first-order logic for which no
completeness theorem holds. In such a logic a set of axioms may be categorical
without providing an informative characterization of the theory of its unique
model. The term ‘elementary equivalence’ was introduced around 6 by Tarski for
the property of being indistinguishable by elementary means. According to
Oswald Veblen, who first used the term ‘categorical’ in 4, in a discussion of
the foundations of geometry, that term was suggested to him by the pragmatist John Dewey.
categoricity: Grice
distinguishes a meta-category, as categoricity, from category itself. He gave
seminars on Aristotle’s categories at Oxford in joint seminars with J. L.
Austin and P. F. Strawson. the semantic property belonging to a set of
sentences, a “postulate set,” that implicitly defines completely describes, or
characterizes up to isomorphism the structure of its intended interpretation or
standard model. The best-known categorical set of sentences is the postulate
set for number theory attributed to Peano, which completely characterizes the
structure of an arithmetic progression. This structure is exemplified by the
system of natural numbers with zero as distinguished element and successor addition
of one as distinguished function. Other exemplifications of this structure are
obtained by taking as distinguished element an arbitrary integer, taking as
distinguished function the process of adding an arbitrary positive or negative
integer and taking as universe of discourse or domain the result of repeated
application of the distinguished function to the distinguished element. See,
e.g., Russell’s Introduction to the Mathematical Philosophy, 8. More precisely,
a postulate set is defined to be categorical if every two of its models
satisfying interpretations or realizations are isomorphic to each other, where,
of course, two interpretations are isomorphic if between their respective
universes of discourse there exists a one-to-one correspondence by which the
distinguished elements, functions, relations, etc., of the one are mapped
exactly onto those of the other. The importance of the analytic geometry of
Descartes involves the fact that the system of points of a geometrical line
with the “left-of relation” distinguished is isomorphic to the system of real
numbers with the “less-than” relation distinguished. Categoricity, the ideal
limit of success for the axiomatic method considered as a method for
characterizing subject matter rather than for reorganizing a science, is known
to be impossible with respect to certain subject matters using certain formal
languages. The concept of categoricity can be traced back at least as far as
Dedekind; the word is due to Dewey.
category: H. P. Grice and
J. L. Austin, “Categories.” H. P. Grice and P. F. Strawson, “Categories.” an
ultimate class. Categories are the highest genera of entities in the world.
They may contain species but are not themselves species of any higher genera.
Aristotle, the first philosopher to discuss categories systematically, listed
ten, including substance, quality, quantity, relation, place, and time. If a
set of categories is complete, then each entity in the world will belong to a
category and no entity will belong to more than one category. A prominent
example of a set of categories is Descartes’s dualistic classification of mind
and matter. This example brings out clearly another feature of categories: an
attribute that can belong to entities in one category cannot be an attribute of
entities in any other category. Thus, entities in the category of matter have
extension and color while no entity in the category of mind can have extension
or color.
category mistake. Grice’s example:
You’re the cream in my coffee. Usually a metaphor is a conversational implicaturum
due to a category mistake – But since obviously the mistake is intentional it
is not really a mistake! Grice prefers to speak of ‘categorial falsity.’ What
Ryle has in mind is different and he does mean ‘mistake.’ the placing of an
entity in the wrong category. In one of Ryle’s examples, to place the activity
of exhibiting team spirit in the same class with the activities of pitching,
batting, and catching is to make a category mistake; exhibiting team spirit is
not a special function like pitching or batting but instead a way those special
functions are performed. A second use of ‘category mistake’ is to refer to the
attribution to an entity of a property which that entity cannot have not merely
does not happen to have, as in ‘This memory is violet’ or, to use an example
from Carnap, ‘Caesar is a prime number’. These two kinds of category mistake
may seem different, but both involve misunderstandings of the natures of the
things being talked about. It is thought that they go beyond simple error or
ordinary mistakes, as when one attributes a property to a thing which that
thing could have but does not have, since category mistakes involve
attributions of properties e.g., being a special function to things e.g., team
spirit that those things cannot have. According to Ryle, the test for category
differences depends on whether replacement of one expression for another in the
same sentence results in a type of unintelligibility that he calls “absurdity.”
category theory, H. P. Grice
lectured on Aristotle’s categories in joint seminars at Oxford with J. L.
Austin and P. F. Strawson, a mathematical theory that studies the universal
properties of structures via their relationships with one another. A category C
consists of two collections Obc and Morc , the objects and the morphisms of C,
satisfying the following conditions: i for each pair a, b of objects there is
associated a collection Morc a, b of morphisms such that each member of Morc
belongs to one of these collections; ii for each object a of Obc , there is a
morphism ida , called the identity on a; iii a composition law associating with
each morphism f: a P b and each morphism g: b P c a morphism gf:a P c, called
the composite of f and g; iv for morphisms f: a P b, g: b P c, and h: c P d,
the equation hgf % hgf holds; v for any morphism f: a P b, we have idbf % f and
fida % f. Sets with specific structures together with a collection of mappings
preserving these structures are categories. Examples: 1 sets with functions
between them; 2 groups with group homomorphisms; 3 topological spaces with
continuous functions; 4 sets with surjections instead of arbitrary maps
constitute a different category. But a category need not be composed of sets
and set-theoretical maps. Examples: 5 a collection of propositions linked by
the relation of logical entailment is a category and so is any preordered set;
6 a monoid taken as the unique object and its elements as the morphisms is a
category. The properties of an object of a category are determined by the
morphisms that are coming out of and going in this object. Objects with a
universal property occupy a key position. Thus, a terminal object a is
characterized by the following universal property: for any object b there is a
unique morphism from b to a. A singleton set is a terminal object in the
category of sets. The Cartesian product of sets, the product of groups, and the
conjunction of propositions are all terminal objects in appropriate categories.
Thus category theory unifies concepts and sheds a new light on the notion of
universality.
Grice’s four
conversational categories – the category of conversational mode: While Grice could
be jocular, in an English way, about the number of maxims within each category
– he surely would not like to joke as far as to be cavalier about the NUMBER of
categories: Four was the number of functions from which the twelve categories
rramify, Kant, or “Ariskant,” but Grice takes the function for the category -- four
is for Ariskantian Grice. This is Aristotle’s hexis. This category posed a
special conceptual problem to Grice. Recall that his categories are invoked
only by their power to generate conversational implciata. But a conversational implicaturum
is non-detachable. That is, being based on universalistic principles of general
rationality, it cannot attach to an EXPRESSION, less so to the ‘meaning’ of an
EXPRESSION: “if” and “provided” are REALISATIONS of the concept of the
conditionality. Now, the conversational supra-maxim, ‘be perspicuous’ [sic], is
supposed to apply NOT to the content, or matter, but to the FORM. (Strictly,
quantitas and qualitas applies to matter, RELATIO applies to the link between
at least two matters). Grice tweaks things in such a way that he is happy, and
so am I. This is a pun on Aristkant’s Kategorie (Ammonius, tropos, Boëthius, modus, Kant Modalitat). Gesichtspuncte
der Modalität in assertorische, apodiktische und problematische hat sich aus
der Aristotelischen Eintheilung hervorgebildet (Anal. Dr. 1, 2): 7@ợc gócois
atv n 100 incozy h kỹ kvayxns Úndozav û toù {VJÉZEo fai Úndozev: Doch geht
diese Aristotelische Stelle vielmehr auf die analogen objectiven Verhältnisse,
als auf den subjectiven Gewissheitsgrad. Der Zusatz Svvatóv, įvsezóuevov, és
åviyans, jedoch auch eine adverbiale Bestimmung wie taméws in dem Satze ý
σελήνη ταχέως αποκαθίσταται, heisst bei Ammonius τρόπος (zu περί ερμ. Cap. 12)
und bei Boëthius modus. Kant (Kritik der r. Vern. § 9-11; Prolegom. $ 21, Log.
§ 30) gründet die Eintheilung nach der Modalität auf die modalen Kategorien:
Möglichkeit und Unmöglichkeit, Dasein und Nichtsein, Nothwendigkeit und
Zufälligkeit, wobei jedoch die Zusammenstellung der Unmöglichkeit, die eine
negative Nothwendigkeit ist, mit der Möglichkeit, und ebenso der Zufälligkeit,
die das nicht als nothwendig erkannte Dasein bezeichnet, mit der Nothwendigkeit
eine Ungenauigkeit enthält: die Erkenntniss der Unmöglichkeit ist nicht ein
problematisches, sondern ein (negativ-) apodiktisches Urtheil (was Kant in der
Anwendung selbst anerkennt, indem er z. B. Krit. der r. V. S. 191 die Formel:
es ist unmöglich etc. als Ausdruck einer apodiktischen Gewissheit betrachtet),
und die Erkenntniss des Zufälligen ist nicht ein apodiktisches, sondern ein
assertorisches Urtheil. Ausserdem aber hat Kant das subjective und objective
Element in den Kategorien der Qualität und Modalität nicht bestimmt genug
unterschieden.
Grice’s four
conversational categories – the category of conversational quality: While Grice could
be cavalier about the number of maxims falling under the category of
conversational quality, he surely would not be cavalier about the number of
categories themselves. Four were the functions from which the twelve categories
ramify for Ariskant, and four were for Grice: he takes the function from Kant,
but the spirit from Aristotle. This is
Aristotle’s universal, poiotes. This was originally the desideratum of
conversational candour. At that point, there was no Kantian scheme of
categories in the horizon. Candour Grice arbitrarily contrasts with clarity –
and so the desideratum of conversational candour sometimes clashes with the
desideratum of conversational clarity. One may not be able to provide a less
convoluted utterance (“It is raining”) but use the less clear, but more candid,
“It might be raining, for all I know.” A pun on Aristkan’s Kategorie, poiotes,
qualitas, Qualitat. Expressions which
are in no way composite signify substance, quantity, quality, relation, place,
time, position, state, action, or affection. To sketch my meaning roughly,
examples of substance are 'man' or 'the horse', of quantity, such terms as 'two
cubits long' or 'three cubits long', of quality, such attributes as 'white',
'grammatical'.
Grice’s four
conversational categories – the category of conversational quantity: While Grice could
be cavalier about the number of maxims falling under quantity, he was not about
the number of categories itself. Four was the number of functions out of which
the twelve categories spring for Ariskant, and four was for Grice. He takes the
function (the letter) from Kant, but the spirit from Aristotle. This is
Aristotle’s universal, posotes. Grice would often use ‘a fortiori,’ and then it
dawned on him. “All I need is a principle of conversational fortitude. This
will give the Oxonians the Graeco-Roman pedigree they deserve.’ a pun on Ariskant’s Kategorie, posotes,
quantitas, Quantitat. Grice expands this as ‘quantity of information,’ or
‘informative content’ – which then as he recognises overlaps with the category
of conversational quality, because ‘false information’ is a misnomer. Expressions
which are in no way composite signify substance, quantity, quality, relation,
place, time, position, state, action, or affection. To sketch my meaning
roughly, examples of substance are 'man' or 'the horse', of quantity, such
terms as 'two cubits long' or 'three cubits long'
Grice’s four
conversational categories – the category of conversational relation: While Grice could
be cavalier about the number of maxims under the category of relation, he was
not about the number of categories: four were the number of functions out of
which the twelve categories spring for Ariskant and four were for Grice: he
takes the letter (function) from Kant, and the spirit from Aristotle. This is
Aristotle’s ‘pros ti.’ f there are categories of being, and categories of
thought, and categories of expression, surely there is room for the
‘conversational category.’ A pun on Ariskant’s Kategorie (pros ti, ad aliquid,
Relation). Surely a move has to relate to the previous move, and should include
a tag as to what move will relate. Expressions which are in no way composite
signify substance, quantity, quality, relation, place, time, position, state,
action, or affection. To sketch my meaning roughly, examples of substance are
'man' or 'the horse', of quantity, such terms as 'two cubits long' or 'three
cubits long', of quality, such attributes as 'white', 'grammatical'. 'Double',
'half', 'greater', fall under the category of relation.
Cattaneo: essential Italian philosopher. Refs.: Luigi
Speranza, "Grice e Cattaneo," per Il Club Anglo-Italiano, The
Swimming-Pool Library, Villa Grice, Liguria, Italia.
causatum: aetiologicum: from aitia: while Grice would prefer
‘cause,’ he thought that the etymology of Grecian ‘aitia,’ in a legal context,
was interesting. On top, he was dissatisfied that Foucault never realised that
‘les mots et les choses,’ etymologically, means, ‘motus et causae.’ Grecian,
cause. Originally referring to responsibility for a crime, this Grecian term
came to be used by philosophers to signify causality in a somewhat broader
sense than the English ‘cause’ the
traditional rendering of aitia can
convey. An aitia is any answer to a why-question. According to Aristotle, how
such questions ought to be answered is a philosophical issue addressed
differently by different philosophers. He himself distinguishes four types of
answers, and thus four aitiai, by distinguishing different types of questions:
1 Why is the statue heavy? Because it is made of bronze material aitia. 2 Why did
Persians invade Athens? Because the Athenians had raided their territory moving
or efficient aitia. 3 Why are the angles of a triangle equal to two right
angles? Because of the triangle’s nature formal aitia. 4 Why did someone walk
after dinner? Because or for the sake of his health final aitia. Only the
second of these would typically be called a cause in English. Though some
render aitia as ‘explanatory principle’ or ‘reason’, these expressions inaptly
suggest a merely mental existence; instead, an aitia is a thing or aspect of a
thing. The study of the causatum in Grice is key. It appears in “Meaning,”
because he starts discussing Stevenson whom Grice dubs a ‘causalist.’ It
continues with Grice on ‘knowledge,’ and ‘willing’ in “Intention and Uncertainty.”
Also in “Aspects of reasoning.” Is the causatum involved in the communicatum.
Grice relies on this only in Meaning Revisited, where he presents a
transcendental argument for the justification. This is what is referred in the
literature as “H. P. Grice’s Triangle.” Borrowing from Aristotle in De
Interpretatione, Grice speaks of three corners of the triangle and
correspondences obtaining between them. There’s a psychophysical correspondence
between the soul of the emissor, the soul of the emissee, and the shared
experience of the denotata of the communication device the emissor employs.
Then there’s the psychosemiotic correspondence between the communication device
and the state of the soul in the emissor that is transferred, in a soul-to-soul
transfer to the emissee. And finally, there is a semiophyiscal correspondence
between the communication device and the world. When it comes to the causation,
the belief that there is fire is caused by there being fire. The emissor wants
to transfer his belief, and utters. “Smoke!”. The soul-to-soul transfer is
effected. The fire that caused the smoke that caused the belief in the the
emissor now causes a belief in the emissee. If that’s not a causal account of
communication, I don’t know what it is. Grice is no expressionist in that a
solipsistic telementational model is of no use if there is no ‘hookup’ as he
puts it with the world that causes this ‘shared experience’ that is improved by
the existence of a communication device. Grice’s idea of ‘cause’ is his ‘bite’ on reality.
He chooses ‘Phenomenalism’ as an enemy. Causal realism is at the heart of
Grice’s programme. As an Oxonian, he was well aware that to trust a cause is to
be anti-Cambridge, where they follow Hume’s and Kant’s scepticism. Grice uses
‘cause’ rather casually. His most serious joke is “Charles I’s decapitation
willed his death” – but it is not easy to trace a philosopher who explicitly
claim that ‘to cause’ is ‘to will.’ For in God
the means and
the end preexist in the cause as willed together. Causation
figures large in Grice, notably re: the perceptum. The agent perceives that the
pillar box is red. The cause is that the pillar box is red. Out of that, Grice
constructs a whole theory of conversation. Why would someone just report what a
THING SEEMS to him when he has no doubt that it was THE THING that caused the
thing to SEEM red to him? Applying some sort of helpfulness, it works: the
addressee is obviously more interested in what the thing IS, not what it seems.
A sense-datum is not something you can eat. An apple is. So, the assumption is
that a report of what a thing IS is more relevant than a report about what a
thing SEEMS. So, Grice needs to find a
rationale that justifies, ceteris paribus, the utterance of “The thing seems
phi.” Following helpfulness, U utters “The thing seems phi” when the U is not
in a position to say what the thing IS phi. The denial, “The thing is not phi”
is in the air, and also the doubt, “The thing may not be phi.” Most without a
philosophical background who do not take Grice’s joke of echoing Kant’s
categories (Kant had 12, not 4!) play with quantitas, qualitas, relatio and
modus. Grice in “Causal” uses ‘weak’ and ‘strong’ but grants he won’t
‘determine’ in what way ‘the thing seems phi’ is ‘weaker’ than ‘the thing is phi.’
It might well be argued that it’s STRONGER: the thing SEEEMS TO BE phi.’ In the
previous “Introduction to Logical Theory,” Strawson just refers to Grice’s idea
of a ‘pragmatic rule’ to the effect that one utter the LOGICALLY stronger
proposition. Let’s revise dates. Whereas Grice says that his confidence in the
success of “Causal,” he ventured with Strawson’s “Intro,” Strawson is citing
Grice already. Admittedly, Strawson adds, “in a different context.” But Grice
seems pretty sure that “The thing seems phi” is WEAKER than “The thing is phi.”
In 1961 he is VERY CLEAR that while what he may have said to Strawson that
Strawson reported in that footnote was in terms of LOGICAL STRENGTH (in terms
of entailment, for extensional contexts). In “Causal,” Grice is clear that he
does not think LOGICAL STRENGTH applies to intensional contexts. In later
revisions, it is not altogether clear how he deals with the ‘doubt or denial.’
He seems to have been more interested in refuting G. A. Paul (qua follower of
Witters) than anything else. In his latest reformulation of the principle, now
a conversational category, he is not specific about phenomenalist reports. A
causal law is a statement describing a regular and invariant connection between
types of events or states, where the connections involved are causal in some
sense. When one speaks of causal laws as distinguished from laws that are not
123 category mistake causal law 123
causal, the intended distinction may vary. Sometimes, a law is said to be
causal if it relates events or states occurring at successive times, also
called a law of succession: e.g., ‘Ingestion of strychnine leads to death.’ A
causal law in this sense contrasts with a law of coexistence, which connects
events or states occurring at the same time e.g., the Wiedemann-Franz law
relating thermal and electric conductivity in metals. One important kind of
causal law is the deterministic law. Causal laws of this kind state
exceptionless connections between events, while probabilistic or statistical
laws specify probability relationships between events. For any system governed
by a set of deterministic laws, given the state of a system at a time, as
characterized by a set of state variables, these laws will yield a unique state
of the system for any later time or, perhaps, at any time, earlier or later.
Probabilistic laws will yield, for a given antecedent state of a system, only a
probability value for the occurrence of a certain state at a later time. The
laws of classical mechanics are often thought to be paradigmatic examples of
causal laws in this sense, whereas the laws of quantum mechanics are claimed to
be essentially probabilistic. Causal laws are sometimes taken to be laws that
explicitly specify certain events as causes of certain other events. Simple
laws of this kind will have the form ‘Events of kind F cause events of kind G’;
e.g., ‘Heating causes metals to expand’. A weaker related concept is this: a
causal law is one that states a regularity between events which in fact are
related as cause to effect, although the statement of the law itself does not
say so laws of motion expressed by differential equations are perhaps causal
laws in this sense. These senses of ‘causal law’ presuppose a prior concept of
causation. Finally, causal laws may be contrasted with teleological laws, laws
that supposedly describe how certain systems, in particular biological
organisms, behave so as to achieve certain “goals” or “end states.” Such laws
are sometimes claimed to embody the idea that a future state that does not as
yet exist can exert an influence on the present behavior of a system. Just what
form such laws take and exactly how they differ from ordinary laws have not
been made wholly clear, however. Grice
was not too happy with the causal theory of proper names, the view that proper
names designate what they name by virtue of a kind of causal connection to it.
Perhaps his antipathy was due to the fact that he was Herbert Grice, and so was
his father. This led Grice to start using once at Clifton and Oxford, “H. P.”
and eventually, dropping the “Herbert” altogether and become “Paul Grice.” This
view is a special case, and in some instances an unwarranted interpretation, of
a direct reference view of names. On this approach, proper names, e.g.,
‘Machiavelli’, are, as J. S. Mill wrote, “purely denotative. . . . they denote
the individuals who are called by them; but they do not indicate or imply any
attributes as belonging to those individuals” A System of Logic, 1879. Proper
names may suggest certain properties to many competent speakers, but any such
associated information is no part of the definition of the name. Names, on this
view, have no definitions. What connects a name to what it names is not the
latter’s satisfying some condition specified in the name’s definition. Names,
instead, are simply attached to things, applied as labels, as it were. A proper
name, once attached, becomes a socially available device for making the
relevant name bearer a subject of discourse. On the other leading view, the
descriptivist view, a proper name is associated with something like a
definition. ‘Aristotle’, on this view, applies by definition to whoever
satisfies the relevant properties e.g.,
is ‘the teacher of Alexander the Great, who wrote the Nicomachean Ethics’.
Russell, e.g., maintained that ordinary proper names which he contrasted with
logically proper or genuine names have definitions, that they are abbreviated
definite descriptions. Frege held that names have sense, a view whose proper
interpretation remains in dispute, but is often supposed to be closely related
to Russell’s approach. Others, most notably Searle, have defended descendants
of the descriptivist view. An important variant, sometimes attributed to Frege,
denies that names have articulable definitions, but nevertheless associates
them with senses. And the bearer will still be, by definition as it were, the
unique thing to satisfy the relevant mode of presentation. causal
overdetermination causal theory of proper names 124 124 The direct reference approach is
sometimes misleadingly called the causal theory of names. But the key idea need
have nothing to do with causation: a proper name functions as a tag or label
for its bearer, not as a surrogate for a descriptive expression. Whence the
allegedly misleading term ‘causal theory of names’? Contemporary defenders of
Mill’s conception like Keith Donnellan and Kripke felt the need to expand upon
Mill’s brief remarks. What connects a present use of a name with a referent?
Here Donnellan and Kripke introduce the notion of a “historical chains of
communication.” As Kripke tells the story, a baby is baptized with a proper
name. The name is used, first by those present at the baptism, subsequently by
those who pick up the name in conversation, reading, and so on. The name is
thus propagated, spread by usage “from link to link as if by a chain” Naming
and Necessity, 0. There emerges a historical chain of uses of the name that,
according to Donnellan and Kripke, bridges the gap between a present use of the
name and the individual so named. This “historical chain of communication” is
occasionally referred to as a “casual chain of communication.” The idea is that
one’s use of the name can be thought of as a causal factor in one’s listener’s
ability to use the name to refer to the same individual. However, although
Kripke in Naming and Necessity does occasionally refer to the chain of
communication as causal, he more often simply speaks of the chain of
communication, or of the fact that the name has been passed “by tradition from
link to link” p. 106. The causal aspect is not one that Kripke underscores. In
more recent writings on the topic, as well as in lectures, Kripke never
mentions causation in this connection, and Donnellan questions whether the
chain of communication should be thought of as a causal chain. This is not to
suggest that there is no view properly called a “causal theory of names.” There
is such a view, but it is not the view of Kripke and Donnellan. The causal
theory of names is a view propounded by physicalistically minded philosophers
who desire to “reduce” the notion of “reference” to something more
physicalistically acceptable, such as the notion of a causal chain running from
“baptism” to later use. This is a view whose motivation is explicitly rejected
by Kripke, and should be sharply distinguished from the more popular anti-Fregean
approach sketched above. Causation is the relation between cause and effect, or
the act of bringing about an effect, which may be an event, a state, or an
object say, a statue. The concept of causation has long been recognized as one
of fundamental philosophical importance. Hume called it “the cement of the
universe”: causation is the relation that connects events and objects of this
world in significant relationships. The concept of causation seems pervasively
present in human discourse. It is expressed by not only ‘cause’ and its
cognates but by many other terms, such as ‘produce’, ‘bring about’, ‘issue’,
‘generate’, ‘result’, ‘effect’, ‘determine’, and countless others. Moreover,
many common transitive verbs “causatives”, such as ‘kill’, ‘break’, and ‘move’,
tacitly contain causal relations e.g., killing involves causing to die. The
concept of action, or doing, involves the idea that the agent intentionally
causes a change in some object or other; similarly, the concept of perception
involves the idea that the object perceived causes in the perceiver an
appropriate perceptual experience. The physical concept of force, too, appears
to involve causation as an essential ingredient: force is the causal agent of
changes in motion. Further, causation is intimately related to explanation: to
ask for an explanation of an event is, often, to ask for its cause. It is
sometimes thought that our ability to make predictions, and inductive inference
in general, depends on our knowledge of causal connections or the assumption
that such connections are present: the knowledge that water quenches thirst
warrants the predictive inference from ‘X is swallowing water’ to ‘X’s thirst
will be quenched’. More generally, the identification and systematic
description of causal relations that hold in the natural world have been
claimed to be the preeminent aim of science. Finally, causal concepts play a
crucial role in moral and legal reasoning, e.g., in the assessment of
responsibilities and liabilities. Event causation is the causation of one event
by another. A sequence of causally connected events is called a causal chain.
Agent causation refers to the act of an agent person, object in bringing about a
change; thus, my opening the window i.e., my causing the window to open is an
instance of agent causation. There is a controversy as to whether agent
causation is reducible to event causation. My opening the window seems
reducible to event causation since in reality a certain motion of my arms, an
event, causes the window to open. Some philosophers, however, have claimed that
not all cases of agent causation are so reducible. Substantival causation is
the creation of a genuinely new substance, or object, rather than causing
changes in preexisting substances, or merely rearranging them. The possibility
of substantival causation, at least in the natural world, has been disputed by
some philosophers. Event causation, however, has been the primary focus of philosophical
discussion in the modern and contemporary period. The analysis of event
causation has been controversial. The following four approaches have been
prominent: the regularity analysis, the counterfactual analysis, the
manipulation analysis, and the probabilistic analysis. The heart of the
regularity or nomological analysis, associated with Hume and J. S. Mill, is the
idea that causally connected events must instantiate a general regularity
between like kinds of events. More precisely: if c is a cause of e, there must
be types or kinds of events, F and G, such that c is of kind F, e is of kind G,
and events of kind F are regularly followed by events of kind G. Some take the
regularity involved to be merely de facto “constant conjunction” of the two event
types involved; a more popular view is that the regularity must hold as a
matter of “nomological necessity” i.e.,
it must be a “law.” An even stronger view is that the regularity must represent
a causal law. A law that does this job of subsuming causally connected events
is called a “covering” or “subsumptive” law, and versions of the regularity
analysis that call for such laws are often referred to as the “covering-law” or
“nomic-subsumptive” model of causality. The regularity analysis appears to give
a satisfactory account of some aspects of our causal concepts: for example,
causal claims are often tested by re-creating the event or situation claimed to
be a cause and then observing whether a similar effect occurs. In other
respects, however, the regularity account does not seem to fare so well: e.g.,
it has difficulty explaining the apparent fact that we can have knowledge of
causal relations without knowledge of general laws. It seems possible to know,
for instance, that someone’s contraction of the flu was caused by her exposure
to a patient with the disease, although we know of no regularity between such
exposures and contraction of the disease it may well be that only a very small
fraction of persons who have been exposed to flu patients contract the disease.
Do I need to know general regularities about itchings and scratchings to know
that the itchy sensation on my left elbow caused me to scratch it? Further, not
all regularities seem to represent causal connections e.g., Reid’s example of
the succession of day and night; two successive symptoms of a disease.
Distinguishing causal from non-causal regularities is one of the main problems
confronting the regularity theorist. According to the counterfactual analysis,
what makes an event a cause of another is the fact that if the cause event had
not occurred the effect event would not have. This accords with the idea that
cause is a condition that is sine qua non for the occurrence of the effect. The
view that a cause is a necessary condition for the effect is based on a similar
idea. The precise form of the counterfactual account depends on how
counterfactuals are understood e.g., if counterfactuals are explained in terms
of laws, the counterfactual analysis may turn into a form of the regularity
analysis. The counterfactual approach, too, seems to encounter various
difficulties. It is true that on the basis of the fact that if Larry had
watered my plants, as he had promised, my plants would not have died, I could
claim that Larry’s not watering my plants caused them to die. But it is also
true that if George Bush had watered my plants, they would not have died; but
does that license the claim that Bush’s not watering my plants caused them to
die? Also, there appear to be many cases of dependencies expressed by
counterfactuals that, however, are not cases of causal dependence: e.g., if
Socrates had not died, Xanthippe would not have become a widow; if I had not
raised my hand, I would not have signaled. The question, then, is whether these
non-causal counterfactuals can be distinguished from causal counterfactuals
without the use of causal concepts. There are also questions about how we could
verify counterfactuals in particular,
whether our knowledge of causal counterfactuals is ultimately dependent on knowledge
of causal laws and regularities. Some have attempted to explain causation in
terms of action, and this is the manipulation analysis: the cause is an event
or state that we can produce at will, or otherwise manipulate, to produce a
certain other event as an effect. Thus, an event is a cause of another provided
that by bringing about the first event we can bring about the second. This
account exploits the close connection noted earlier between the concepts of
action and cause, and highlights the important role that knowledge of causal
connections plays in our control of natural events. However, as an analysis of
the concept of cause, it may well have things backward: the concept of action
seems to be a richer and more complex concept that presupposes the concept of
cause, and an analysis of cause in terms of action could be accused of
circularity. The reason we think that someone’s exposure to a flu patient was
the cause of her catching the disease, notwithstanding the absence of an
appropriate regularity even one of high probability, may be this: exposure to
flu patients increases the probability of contracting the disease. Thus, an
event, X, may be said to be a probabilistic cause of an event, Y, provided that
the probability of the occurrence of Y, given that X has occurred, is greater
than the antecedent probability of Y. To meet certain obvious difficulties,
this rough definition must be further elaborated e.g., to eliminate the
possibility that X and Y are collateral effects of a common cause. There is
also the question whether probabilistic causation is to be taken as an analysis
of the general concept of causation, or as a special kind of causal relation,
or perhaps only as evidence indicating the presence of a causal relationship.
Probabilistic causation has of late been receiving increasing attention from
philosophers. When an effect is brought about by two independent causes either
of which alone would have sufficed, one speaks of causal overdetermination.
Thus, a house fire might have been caused by both a short circuit and a
simultaneous lightning strike; either event alone would have caused the fire,
and the fire, therefore, was causally overdetermined. Whether there are actual
instances of overdetermination has been questioned; one could argue that the
fire that would have been caused by the short circuit alone would not have been
the same fire, and similarly for the fire that would have been caused by the
lightning alone. The steady buildup of pressure in a boiler would have caused
it to explode but for the fact that a bomb was detonated seconds before,
leading to a similar effect. In such a case, one speaks of preemptive, or
superseding, cause. We are apt to speak of causes in regard to changes;
however, “unchanges,” e.g., this table’s standing here through some period of
time, can also have causes: the table continues to stand here because it is
supported by a rigid floor. The presence of the floor, therefore, can be called
a sustaining cause of the table’s continuing to stand. A cause is usually
thought to precede its effect in time; however, some have argued that we must
allow for the possibility of a cause that is temporally posterior to its
effect backward causation sometimes
called retrocausation. And there is no universal agreement as to whether a
cause can be simultaneous with its effect
concurrent causation. Nor is there a general agreement as to whether
cause and effect must, as a matter of conceptual necessity, be “contiguous” in
time and space, either directly or through a causal chain of contiguous
events contiguous causation. The attempt
to “analyze” causation seems to have reached an impasse; the proposals on hand
seem so widely divergent that one wonders whether they are all analyses of one
and the same concept. But each of them seems to address some important aspect
of the variegated notion that we express by the term ‘cause’, and it may be
doubted whether there is a unitary concept of causation that can be captured in
an enlightening philosophical analysis. On the other hand, the centrality of
the concept, both to ordinary practical discourse and to the scientific
description of the world, is difficult to deny. This has encouraged some
philosophers to view causation as a primitive, one that cannot be further
analyzed. There are others who advocate the extreme view causal nihilism that
causal concepts play no role whatever in the advanced sciences, such as
fundamental physical theories of space-time and matter, and that the very
notion of cause is an anthropocentric projection deriving from our confused
ideas of action and power. Causatum -- Dretske, Fred b.2, philosopher best known for his externalistic
representational naturalism about experience, belief, perception, and
knowledge. Educated at Purdue and
the of Minnesota, he has taught at
the of Wisconsin 088 and Stanford 898. In Seeing and Knowing 9 Dretske develops
an account of non-epistemic seeing, denying that seeing is believing that for a subject S to see a dog, say, S
must apply a concept to it dog, animal, furry. The dog must look some way to S
S must visually differentiate the dog, but need not conceptually categorize it.
This contrasts with epistemic seeing, where for S to see that a dog is before
him, S would have to believe that it is a dog. In Knowledge and the Flow of
Information 1, a mind-independent objective sense of ‘information’ is applied
to propositional knowledge and belief content. “Information” replaced Dretske’s
earlier notion of a “conclusive reason” 1. Knowing that p requires having a
true belief caused or causally sustained by an event that carries the
information that p. Also, the semantic content of a belief is identified with
the most specific digitally encoded piece of information to which it becomes
selectively sensitive during a period of learning. In Explaining Behavior 8,
Dretske’s account of representation and misrepresentation takes on a
teleological flavor. The semantic meaning of a structure is now identified with
its indicator function. A structure recruited for a causal role of indicating
F’s, and sustained in that causal role by this ability, comes to mean F thereby providing a causal role for the
content of cognitive states, and avoiding epiphenomenalism about semantic
content. In Naturalizing the Mind 5, Dretske’s theory of meaning is applied to
the problems of consciousness and qualia. He argues that the empirically
significant features of conscious experience are exhausted by their functional
and hence representational roles of indicating external sensible properties. He
rejects the views that consciousness is composed of a higher-order hierarchy of
mental states and that qualia are due to intrinsic, non-representational
features of the underlying physical systems. Dretske is also known for his
contributions on the nature of contrastive statements, laws of nature,
causation, and epistemic non-closure, among other topics. CAUSATUM -- Ducasse, C. J., philosopher of
mind and aesthetician. He arrived in the United States in 0, received his Ph.D.
from Harvard 2, and taught at the of
Washington 226 and Brown 658. His most
important work is Nature, Mind and Death 1. The key to his general theory is a
non-Humean view of causation: the relation of causing is triadic, involving i
an initial event, ii the set of conditions under which it occurs, and iii a
resulting event; the initial event is the cause, the resulting event is the
effect. On the basis of this view he constructed a theory of categories an explication of such concepts as those of
substance, property, mind, matter, and body. Among the theses he defended were
that minds are substances, that they causally interact with bodies, and that
human beings are free despite every event’s having a cause. In A Critical
Examination of the Belief in a Life after Death 1, he concluded that “the balance
of the evidence so far obtained is on the side of . . . survival.” Like
Schopenhauer, whom he admired, Ducasse was receptive to the religious and
philosophical writings of the Far East. He wrote with remarkable objectivity on
the philosophical problems associated with so-called paranormal phenomena.
Ducasse’s epistemological views are developed in Truth, Knowledge and Causation
8. He sets forth a realistic theory of perception he says, about
sense-qualities, “Berkeley is right and the realists are wrong” and, of
material things, “the realists are right and Berkeley is wrong”. He provides
the classical formulation of the “adverbial theory” or sense-qualities,
according to which such qualities are not objects of experience or awareness
but ways of experiencing or of being aware. One does not perceive a red
material object by sensing a red sense-datum; for then perceiving would involve
three entities i the perceiving subject,
ii the red sense-datum, and iii the red material object. But one may perceive a
red material object by sensing redly; then the only entities involved are i the
perceiving subject and ii the material object. Ducasse observes that,
analogously, although it may be natural to say “dancing a waltz,” it would be
more accurate to speak of “dancing waltzily.”
causa sui: an expression used by Grice’s mother, a High Church,
as applied to God to mean in part that God owes his existence to nothing other
than himself. It does not mean that God somehow brought himself into existence.
The idea is that the very nature of God logically requires that he exists. What
accounts for the existence of a being that is causa sui is its own nature.
cavellian implicaturum: c. s.,
b.6, philosopher whose work has
explored skepticism and its consequences. He was Walter M. Cabot Professor of
Aesthetics and General Value Theory at Harvard from 3 until 7. Central to
Cavell’s thought is the view that skepticism is not a theoretical position to
be refuted by philosophical theory or dismissed as a mere misuse of ordinary
language; it is a reflection of the fundamental limits of human knowledge of
the self, of others, and of the external world, limits that must be
accepted in his term “acknowledged” because the refusal to do so results in
illusion and risks tragedy. Cavell’s work defends J. L. Austin from both
positivism and deconstructionism Must We Mean What We Say?, 9, and The Pitch of
Philosophy, 4, but not because Cavell is an “ordinary language” philosopher.
Rather, his defense of Austin has combined with his response to skepticism to
make him a philosopher of the ordinary: he explores the conditions of the
possibility and limits of ordinary language, ordinary knowledge, ordinary
action, and ordinary human relationships. He uses both the resources of
ordinary language and the discourse of philosophers, such as Vitters,
Heidegger, Thoreau, and Emerson, and of the arts. Cavell has explored the
ineliminability of skepticism in Must We Mean What We Say?, notably in its
essay on King Lear, and has developed his analysis in his 9 magnum opus, The
Claim of Reason. He has examined the benefits of acknowledging the limits of
human self-understanding, and the costs of refusing to do so, in a broad range
of contexts from film The World Viewed, 1; Pursuits of Happiness, 1; and
Contesting Tears, 6 to philosophy The
Senses of Walden, 2; and the chapters on Emerson in This New Yet Unapproachable
America, 9, and Conditions Handsome and Unhandsome, 0. A central argument in
The Claim of Reason develops Cavell’s approach by looking at Vitters’s notion
of criteria. Criteria are not rules for the use of our words that can guarantee
the correctness of the claims we make by them; rather, criteria bring out what
we claim by using the words we do. More generally, in making claims to knowledge,
undertaking actions, and forming interpersonal relationships, we always risk
failure, but it is also precisely in that room for risk that we find the
possibility of freedom. This argument is indebted not only to Vitters but also
to Kant, especially in the Critique of Judgment. Cavell has used his view as a
key to understanding classics of the theater and film. Regarding such tragic
figures as Lear, he argues that their tragedies result from their refusal to
accept the limits of human knowledge and human love, and their insistence on an
illusory absolute and pure love. The World Viewed argues for a realistic
approach to film, meaning that we should acknowledge that our cognitive and
emotional responses to films are responses to the realities of the human condition
portrayed in them. This “ontology of film” prepared the way for Cavell’s
treatment of the genre of comedies of remarriage in Pursuits of Happiness. It
also grounds his treatment of melodrama in Contesting Tears, which argues that
human beings must remain tragically unknown to each other if the limits to our
knowledge of each other are not acknowledged. In The Claim of Reason and later
works Cavell has also contributed to moral philosophy by his defense against Rawls’s critique of “moral perfectionism” of “Emersonian perfectionism”: the view that
no general principles of conduct, no matter how well established, can ever be
employed in practice without the ongoing but never completed perfection of
knowledge of oneself and of the others on and with whom one acts. Cavell’s
Emersonian perfectionism is thus another application of his Vittersian and
Kantian recognition that rules must always be supplemented by the capacity for
judgment.
cavendish: m. duchess of Newcastle, English author of some dozen
works in a variety of forms. Her central philosophical interest was the
developments in natural science of her day. Her earliest works endorsed a kind
of atomism, but her settled view, in Philosophical Letters 1664, Observations
upon Experimental Philosophy 1666, and Grounds of Natural Philosophy 1668, was
a kind of organic materialism. Cavendish argues for a hierarchy of increasingly
fine matter, capable of self-motion. Philosophical Letters, among other
matters, raises problems for the notion of inert matter found in Descartes, and
Observations upon Experimental Philosophy criticizes microscopists such as
Hooke for committing a double error, first of preferring the distortions
introduced by instruments to unaided vision and second of preferring sense to reason.
celsus: philosopher known only as the author of a work called
“Alethes logos,” which is quoted extensively by Origen of Alexandria in his
response, Against Celsus. “Alethes logos” is mainly important because it is the
first anti-Christian polemic of which we have significant knowledge. Origen
considers Celsus to be an Epicurean, but he is uncertain about this. There are
no traces of Epicureanism in Origen’s quotations from Celsus, which indicate
instead that he is a platonist, whose conception of an unnameable first deity
transcending being and knowable only by “synthesis, analysis, or analogy” is
based on Plato’s description of the Good in Rep. VI. In accordance with the
Timaeus, Celsus believes that God created “immortal things” and turned the creation
of “mortal things” over to them. According to him, the universe has a
providential organization in which humans hold no special place, and its
history is one of eternally repeating sequences of events separated by
catastrophes.
Centro per la
filosofia italiana – the title is telling. A centro is like a a ‘centre,’ but
Oxford would not have a ‘centre.’ – It’s more of a ‘new-world’ thing – Center
for Advanced Studies, say. A centro is like a ‘circle,’ as in the Vienna
Circcle. This ‘centro’ is not for philosophical research, but for Italian
philosophy simpliciter.
certum: While Grice plays with ‘certum,’ he is happier with
UNcertum. To be certain is to have dis-cerned. Oddly, Grice ‘evolved’ from an
interest in the certainty and incorrigibility that ‘ordinary’ and the
first-person gives to situations of ‘conversational improbability’ and
indeterminate implicatura under conditions of ceteris paribus risk and
uncertainty in survival. “To be certain that p” is for Grice one of those
‘diaphanous’ verbs. While it is best to improve Descartes’s fuzzy lexicon – and
apply ‘certus’ to the emissor, if Grice is asked, “What are you certain of?,”
“I have to answer, ‘p’”. certum:
certitude, from ecclesiastical medieval Roman “certitudo,” designating in
particular Christian conviction, is heir to two meanings of “certum,” one
objective and the other subjective: beyond doubt, fixed, positive, real,
regarding a thing or knowledge, or firm in his resolutions, decided, sure,
authentic, regarding an individual. Although certitudo has no Grecian
equivalent, the Roman verb “cernere,” (cf. discern), from which “certum” is
derived, has the concrete meaning of pass through a sieve, discern, like the
Grecian “ϰρίνειν,” select, sieve, judge, which comes from the same root. Thus begins
the relationship between certitude, judgment, and truth, which since Descartes
has been connected with the problematics of the subject and of self-certainty.
The whole terminological system of truth is thus involved, from unveiling and
adequation to certitude and obviousness. Then there’s Certainty, Objectivity,
Subjectivity, and Linguistic Systems The
objective aspect manifests itself first, “certitudo” translating e. g. the determined nature of objects or known
properties as the commentaries on Aristotle’s Met. translated into Roman, or
the incontestably true nature of principles. With the revolution of the subject
inaugurated by Cartesian Phil. , the second aspect comes to the fore: some
reasons, ideas, or propositions are true and certain, or true and evident, but
the most certain and the most evident of all, and thus in a sense the truest,
is the certitude of my own existence, a certainty that the subject attributes
to itself: The thematics of certainty precedes that of consciousness both historically
and logically, but it ends up being incorporated and subordinated by it.
Certainty thus becomes a quality or disposition of the subject that reproduces,
in the field of rational knowledge, the security or assurance that the believer
finds in religious faith, and that shields him from the wavering of the soul.
It will be noted that Fr. retains the
possibility of reversing the perspective by exploiting the Roman etymology, as
Descartes does in the Principles of Phil.
when he transforms the certitudo probabilis of the Scholastics Aquinas
into moral certainty. On the other hand, Eng. tends to objectify “certainty” to
the maximum in opposition to belief v. BELIEF, whereas G. hears in “Gewissheit” the root “wissen,” to
know, to have learned and situates it in a series with Bewusstsein and
Gewissen, clearly marking the constitutive relationship to the subject in
opposition to Glaube on the one hand, and to Wahrheit and Wahrscheinlichkeit
lit., appearance of truth, i.e., probability on the other. Then there’s Knots
of Problems On the relations between
certainty and belief, the modalities of subjective experience. On the relation
between individual certainty and the wise man’s constancy. On the relations
between certainty and truth, the confrontation between subjectivity and
objectivity in the development of knowledge. On the relations between certainty
and probability, the modalities of objective knowledge insofar as it is related
to a subject’s experience. uncertainty.
This is Grice’s principle of uncertainty. One of Grice’s problem is with ‘know’
and ‘certainty.’ He grants that we only know that 2 + 2 = 4. He often
identifies ‘knowledge’ with ‘certainty.’ He does not explore a cancellation
like, “I am certain but I do not know.” The reason being that he defends common
sense against the sceptic, and so his attitude towards certainty has to be very
careful. The second problem is that he wants ‘certainty’ to deal within the
desiderative realm. To do that, he divides an act of intending into two: an act
of accepting and act of willing. The ‘certainty’ is found otiose if the
intender is seen as ‘willing that p’ and accepting that the willing will be the
cause for the desideratum to obtain. n
WoW:141, Grice proposes that ‘A is certain that p’ ENTAILS either ‘A is certain
that he is certain that p, OR AT LEAST that it is not the case that A is
UNCERTAIN that A is certain that p.” ‘Certainly,’ appears to apply to
utterances in the credibility and the desirability realm. Grice sometimes uses
‘to be sure.’ He notoriously wants to distinguish it from ‘know.’ Grice
explores the topic of incorrigibility and ends up with corrigibility which
almost makes a Popperian out of him. In the end, its all about the
converational implciata and conversation as rational co-operation. Why does P2
should judge that P1 is being more or less certain about what he is talking?
Theres a rationale for that. Our conversation does not consist of idle remarks.
Grices example: "The Chairman of the British Academy has a corkscrew in
his pocket. Urmsons example: "The king is visiting Oxford tomorrow. Why?
Oh, for no reason at all. As a philosophical psychologist, and an empiricist
with realist tendencies, Grice was obsessed with what he called (in a nod to
the Kiparskys) the factivity of know. Surely, Grices preferred collocation,
unlike surely Ryles, is "Grice knows that p." Grice has no problem in
seeing this as involving three clauses: First, p. Second, Grice believes that
p, and third, p causes Grices belief. No mention of certainty. This is the neo-Prichardian
in Grice, from having been a neo-Stoutian (Stout was obsessed, as a few
Oxonians like Hampshire and Hart were, with certainty). If the three-prong
analysis of know applies to the doxastic, Grices two-prong analysis of
intending in ‘Intention and UNcertainty,’ again purposively avoiding certainty,
covers the buletic realm. This does not mean that Grice, however proud he was
of his ignorance of the history of philosophy (He held it as a badge of honour,
his tuteee Strawson recalls), had read some of the philosophical classics to
realise that certainty had been an obsession of what Ryle abusively (as he
himself puts it) called Descartes and the Establishments "official
doctrine"! While ps true in Grices analysis of know is harmless enough,
there obviously is no correlate for ps truth in the buletic case. Grices
example is Grice intending to scratch his head, via his willing that Grice
scratches his head in t2. In this case, as he notes, the doxastic eleent
involves the uniformity of nature, and ones more or less relying that if Grice
had a head to be scratched in t1, he will have a head to be sratched in t2,
when his intention actually GETS satisfied, or fulfilled. Grice was never
worried about buletic satisfaction. As the intentionalist that Suppes showed us
Grice was, Grice is very much happy to say that if Smith intends to give Joness
a job, the facct as to whether Jones actually gets the job is totally
irrelevant for most philosophical purposes. He gets more serious when he is
happier with privileged access than incorrigibility in “Method.” But he is less
strict than Austin. For Austin, "That is a finch implies that the utterer
KNOWS its a finch. While Grice has a maxim, do not say that for which you lack
adequate evidence (Gettiers analysandum) and a super-maxim, try to make
your contribution one that is true, the very phrasing highlights Grices
cavalier to this! Imagine Kant turning on his grave. "Try!?". Grice
is very clever in having try in the super-maxim, and a prohibition as the
maxim, involving falsehood avoidance, "Do not say what you believe to be
false." Even here he is cavalier. "Cf. "Do not say what you KNOW
to be false." If Gettier were wrong, the combo of maxims yields, "Say
what you KNOW," say what you are certain about! Enough for Sextus
Empiricus having one single maxim: "Either utter a phenomenalist
utterance, a question or an order, or keep your mouth shut!." (cf. Grice,
"My lips are sealed," as cooperative or helfpul in ways -- "At
least he is not lying."). Hampshire, in the course of some recent
remarks,l advances the view that self-prediction is (logically) impossible.
When I say I know that I shall do X (as against, e.g., X will happen to me, or
You will do X), I am not contemplating myself, as I might someone else, and giving
tongue to a conjecture about myself and my future acts, as I might be doing
about someone else or about the behaviour ofan animal -for that would be
tantamount (if I understand him rightly) to looking upon myself from outside,
as it were, and treating my own acts as mere caused events. In saying that I
know that I shall do X, I am, on this view, saying that I have decided to do X:
for to predict that I shall in certain circumstances in fact do X or decide to
do X, with no reference to whether or not I have already decided to do it - to
say I can tell you now that I shall in fact act in manner X, although I am, as
a matter of fact, determined to do the very opposite - does not make sense. Any
man who says I know myself too well to believe that, whatever I now decide, I
shall do anything other than X when the circumstances actually arise is in
fact, if I interpret Hampshires views correctly, saying that he does not
really, i.e. seriously, propose to set himself against doing X, that he does
not propose even to try to act otherwise, that he has in fact decided to let
events take their course. For no man who has truly decided to try to avoid X
can, in good faith, predict his own failure to act as he has decided. He may
fail to avoid X, and he may predict this; but he cannot both decide to try to
avoid X and predict that he will not even try to do this; for he can always
try; and he knows this: he knows that this is what distinguishes him from
non-human creatures in nature. To say that he will fail even to try is tantamount
to saying that he has decided not to try. In this sense I know means I have
decided and (Murdoch, Hampshire, Gardiner and Pears, Freedom and Knowledge, in
Pears, Freedom and the Will) cannot in principle be predictive. That, if I have
understood it, is Hampshires position, and I have a good deal of sympathy with
it, for I can see that self-prediction is often an evasive way of disclaiming
responsibility for difficult decisions, while deciding in fact to let events
take their course, disguising this by attributing responsibility for what
occurs to my own allegedly unalterable nature. But I agree with Hampshires
critics in the debate, whom I take to be maintaining that, although the
situation he describes may often occur, yet circumstances may exist in which it
is possible for me both to say that I am, at this moment, resolved not to do X,
and at the same time to predict that I shall do X, because I am not hopeful
that, when the time comes, I shall in fact even so much as try to resist doing
X. I can, in effect, say I know myself well. When the crisis comes, do not rely
on me to help you. I may well run away; although I am at this moment genuinely
resolved not to be cowardly and to do all I can to stay at your side. My
prediction that my resolution will not in fact hold up is based on knowledge of
my own character, and not on my present state of mind; my prophecy is not a
symptom of bad faith (for I am not, at this moment, vacillating) but, on the
contrary, of good faith, of a wish to face the facts. I assure you in all
sincerity that my present intention is to be brave and resist. Yet you would
run a great risk if you relied too much on my present decision; it would not be
fair to conceal my past failures of nerve from you. I can say this about others,
despite the most sincere resolutions on their part, for I can foretell how in
fact they will behave; they can equally predict this about me. Despite
Hampshires plausible and tempting argument, I believe that such objective
self-knowledge is possible and occur. From Descartes to Stout and back.
Stout indeed uses both intention and certainty, and in the same paragraph.
Stout notes that, at the outset, performance falls far short of intention. Only
a certain s. of contractions of certain muscles, in proper proportions and in a
proper order, is capable of realising the end aimed at, with the maximum of
rapidity and certainty, and the minimum of obstruction and failure, and
corresponding effort. At the outset of the process of acquisition, muscles are
contracted which are superfluous, and which therefore operate as disturbing
conditions. Grices immediate trigger, however, is Ayer on sure that, and
having the right to be sure, as his immediate trigger later will be Hampshire
and Hart. Grice had high regard for Hampshires brilliant Thought and
action. He was also concerned with Stouts rather hasty UNphilosophical,
but more scientifically psychologically-oriented remarks about assurance in
practical concerns. He knew too that he was exploring an item of the philosophers
lexicon (certus) that had been brought to the forum when Anscombe and von
Wright translate Witters German expression Gewißheit in Über
Gewißheit as Certainty. The Grecians were never sure about being sure. But
the modernist turn brought by Descartes meant that Grice now had to deal with
incorrigibility and privileged access to this or that P, notably himself (When
I intend to go, I dont have to observe myself, Im on the stage, not in the
audience, or Only I can say I will to London, expressing my intention to do so.
If you say, you will go you are expressing yours! Grice found Descartes
very funny ‒ in a French way. Grice is interested in contesting Ayer and other
Oxford philosophers, on the topic of a criterion for certainty. In so
doing, Grice choses Descartess time-honoured criterion of clarity and
distinction, as applied to perception. Grice does NOT quote
Descartes in French! In the proceedings, Grice distinguishes between two
kinds of certainty apparently ignored by Descartes: (a) objective certainty: Ordinary-language
variant: It is certain that p, whatever it refers to, cf. Grice, it is an
illusion; what is it? (b) Subjective certainty: Ordinary-language
variant: I am certain that p. I being, of course, Grice, in my
bestest days, of course! There are further items on Descartes in the Grice
Collection, notably in the last s. of topics arranged
alphabetically. Grice never cared to publish his views on Descartes until
he found an opportunity to do so when compiling his WOW. Grice is not interested
in an exegesis of Descartess thought. He doesnt care to give a reference to any
edition of Descartess oeuvre. But he plays with certain. It is certain that p
is objective certainty, apparently. I am certain that p is Subjectsive
certainty, rather. Oddly, Grice will turn to UNcertainty as it connects with
intention in his BA lecture. Grices interest in Descartes connects with
Descartess search for a criterion of certainty in terms of clarity and
distinction of this or that perception. Having explored the philosophy of
perception with Warnock, its only natural he wanted to give Descartess rambles
a second and third look! Descartes on clear and distinct perception, in WOW, II
semantics and metaphysics, essay, Descartes on clear and distinct perception
and Malcom on dreaming, perception, Descartes, clear and distinct perception,
Malcolm, dreaming. Descartes meets Malcolm, and vice versa.
Descartes on clear and distinct perception, in WOW, Descartes on clear and
distinct perception, Descartes on clear and distinct perception, in WOW, part
II, semantics and metaphysics, essay. Grice gives a short overview of Cartesian
metaphysics for the BBC 3rd programme. The best example, Grice
thinks, of a metaphysical snob is provided by Descartes, about whose
idea of certainty Grice had philosophised quite a bit, since it is in total
contrast with Moore’s. Descartes is a very scientifically
minded philosopher, with very clear ideas about the proper direction for science. Descartes,
whose middle Names seems to have been Euclid, thinks that mathematics, and in
particular geometry, provides the model for a scientific procedure, or
method. And this determines all of Descartess thinking in two ways. First,
Descartes thinks that the fundamental method in science is the axiomatic deductive
method of geometry, and this Descartes conceives (as Spinoza morality more
geometrico) of as rigorous reasoning from a self-evident axiom (Cogito, ergo
sum.). Second, Descartes thinks that the Subjects matter of physical science,
from mechanics to medicine, must be fundamentally the same as the Subjects
matter of geometry! The only characteristics that the objects studied by
geometry poses are spatial characteristics. So from the point of view of
science in general, the only important features of things in the physical world
were also their spatial characteristics, what he called extensio, res extensa.
Physical science in general is a kind of dynamic, or kinetic, geometry.
Here we have an exclusive preference for a certain type of scientific
method, and a certain type of scientific explanation: the method is deductive,
the type of explanation mechanical. These beliefs about the right way to do
science are exactly reflected in Descartess ontology, one of the two branches
of metaphysics; the other is philosophical eschatology, or the study of
categories), and it is reflected in his doctrine, that is, about what really
exists. Apart from God, the divine substance, Descartes recognises just
two kinds of substance, two types of real entity. First, there is material
substance, or matter; and the belief that the only scientifically important
characteristics of things in the physical world are their spatial
characteristics goes over, in the language of metaphysics, into the doctrine
that these are their only characteristics. Second, and to Ryle’s horror,
Descartes recognizes the mind or soul, or the mental substance, of which the
essential characteristic is thinking; and thinking itself, in its pure form at
least, is conceived of as simply the intuitive grasping of this or
that self-evident axiom and this or that of its deductive consequence. These
restrictive doctrines about reality and knowledge naturally call for
adjustments elsewhere in our ordinary scheme of things. With the help of the
divine substance, these are duly provided. It is not always obvious that
the metaphysicians scheme involves this kind of ontological preference, or
favoritism, or prejudice, or snobbery this tendency, that is, to promote one or
two categories of entity to the rank of the real, or of the ultimately real, to
the exclusion of others, Descartess entia realissima. One is taught at Oxford
that epistemology begins with the Moderns such as Descartes, which is not true.
Grice was concerned with “certain,” which was applied in Old Roman times to
this or that utterer: the person who is made certain in reference to a thing,
certain, sure. Lewis and Short have a few quotes: “certi sumus periisse omnia;”
“num quid nunc es certior?,” “posteritatis, i. e. of posthumous fame,”
“sententiæ,” “judicii,” “certus de suā geniturā;” “damnationis;” “exitii,”
“spei,” “matrimonii,” “certi sumus;” in the phrase “certiorem facere aliquem;”
“de aliquā re, alicujus rei, with a foll, acc. and inf., with a rel.-clause or
absol.;” “to inform, apprise one of a thing: me certiorem face: “ut nos facias
certiores,” “uti Cæsarem de his rebus certiorem faciant;” “qui certiorem me sui
consilii fecit;” “Cæsarem certiorem faciunt, sese non facile ab oppidis vim
hostium prohibere;” “faciam te certiorem quid egerim;” with subj. only,
“milites certiores facit, paulisper intermitterent proelium,” pass., “quod
crebro certior per me fias de omnibus rebus,” “Cæsar certior factus est, tres
jam copiarum partes Helvetios id flumen transduxisse;” “factus certior, quæ res
gererentur,” “non consulibus certioribus factis,” also in posit., though
rarely; “fac me certum quid tibi est;” “lacrimæ suorum tam subitæ matrem certam
fecere ruinæ,” uncertainty, Grice loved the OED, and its entry for will
was his favourite. But he first had a look to shall. For Grice, "I shall
climb Mt. Everest," is surely a prediction. And then Grice turns to the
auxiliary he prefers, will. Davidson, Intending, R. Grandy and Warner,
PGRICE. “Uncertainty,” “Aspects.” “Conception,” Davidson on intending,
intending and trying, Brandeis.”Method,” in “Conception,” WOW . Hampshire and
Hart. Decision, intention, and certainty, Mind, Harman, Willing and intending
in PGRICE. Practical reasoning. Review of Met.
29. Thought, Princeton, for functionalist approach alla Grice’s
“Method.” Principles of reasoning. Rational action and the extent of intention.
Social theory and practice. Jeffrey, Probability kinematics, in The logic of
decision, cited by Harman in PGRICE. Kahneman and Tversky, Judgement under
uncertainty, Science, cited by Harman in PGRICE. Nisbet and Ross, Human
inference, cited by Harman in PGRICE. Pears, Predicting and deciding. Prichard,
Acting, willing, and desiring, in Moral obligations, Oxford ed. by Urmson Speranza, The Grice Circle Wants You. Stout,
Voluntary action. Mind 5, repr in Studies in philosophy and psychology,
Macmillan, cited by Grice, “Uncertainty.” Urmson, ‘Introduction’ to Prichard’s
‘Moral obligations.’ I shant but Im not certain I wont – Grice. How
uncertain can Grice be? This is the Henriette Herz BA lecture, and as such
published in The Proceedings of the BA. Grice calls himself a
neo-Prichardian (after the Oxford philosopher) and cares to quote from a few
other philosophers ‒ some of whom he was not necessarily associated
with: such as Kenny and Anscombe, and some of whom he was, notably
Pears. Grices motto: Where there is a neo-Prichardian willing, there is a
palæo-Griceian way! Grice quotes Pears, of Christ Church, as the philosopher he
found especially congenial to explore areas in what both called philosophical
psychology, notably the tricky use of intending as displayed by a few
philosophers even in their own circle, such as Hampshire and Hart in Intention,
decision, and certainty. The title of Grices lecture is meant to provoke
that pair of Oxonian philosophers Grice knew so well and who were too ready to
bring in certainty in an area that requires deep philosophical
exploration. This is the Henriette Herz Trust annual lecture. It
means its delivered annually by different philosophers, not always Grice! Grice
had been appointed a FBA earlier, but he took his time to deliver his
lecture. With your lecture, you implicate, Hi! Grice, and indeed Pears,
were motivated by Hampshires and Harts essay on intention and certainty in
Mind. Grice knew Hampshire well, and had actually enjoyed his Thought and
Action. He preferred Hampshires Thought and action to Anscombes Intention.
Trust Oxford being what it is that TWO volumes on intending are published in
the same year! Which one shall I read first? Eventually, neither ‒ immediately.
Rather, Grice managed to unearth some sketchy notes by Prichard (he calls
himself a neo-Prichardian) that Urmson had made available for the Clarendon
Press ‒ notably Prichards essay on willing that. Only a Corpus-Christi genius
like Prichard will distinguish will to, almost unnecessary, from will that, so
crucial. For Grice, wills that , unlike
wills to, is properly generic, in that p, that follows the that-clause,
need NOT refer to the Subjects of the sentence. Surely I can will that Smith
wins the match! But Grice also quotes Anscombe (whom otherwise would not count,
although they did share a discussion panel at the American Philosophical
Association) and Kenny, besides Pears. Of Anscombe, Grice borrows (but
never returns) the direction-of-fit term of art, actually Austinian. From
Kenny, Grice borrows (and returns) the concept of voliting. His most congenial
approach was Pearss. Grice had of course occasion to explore disposition
and intention on earlier occasions. Grice is especially concerned with a
dispositional analysis to intending. He will later reject it in
“Uncertainty.” But that was Grice for you! Grice is especially interested
in distinguishing his views from Ryles over-estimated dispositional account of
intention, which Grice sees as reductionist, and indeed eliminationist, if not
boringly behaviourist, even in analytic key. The logic of dispositions is
tricky, as Grice will later explore in connection with rationality, rational
propension or propensity, and metaphysics, the as if operator). While Grice
focuses on uncertainty, he is trying to be funny. He knew that Oxonians like
Hart and Hampshire were obsessed with certainty. I was so surprised that
Hampshire and Hart were claiming decision and intention are psychological
states about which the agent is certain, that I decided on the spot that
that could certainly be a nice topic for my BA lecture! Grice granted that in
some cases, a declaration of an intention can be authorative in a certain
certain way, i. e. as implicating certainty. But Grice wants us to consider:
Marmaduke Bloggs intends to climb Mt. Everest. Surely he cant be certain
hell succeed. Grice used the same example at the APA, of all
places. To amuse Grice, Davidson, who was present, said: Surely thats
just an implicaturum! Just?! Grice was almost furious in his British
guarded sort of way. Surely not just! Pears, who was also present,
tried to reconcile: If I may, Davidson, I think Grice would take it that,
if certainty is implicated, the whole thing becomes too social to be
true. They kept discussing implicaturum versus entailment. Is
certainty entailed then? Cf. Urmson on certainly vs. knowingly, and believably.
Davidson asked. No, disimplicated! is Grices curt reply. The next
day, he explained to Davidson that he had invented the concept of disimplicaturum
just to tease him, and just one night before, while musing in the hotel room!
Talk of uncertainty was thus for Grice intimately associated with his concern
about the misuse of know to mean certain, especially in the exegeses that
Malcolm made popular about, of all people, Moore! V. Scepticism and common
sense and Moore and philosophers paradoxes above, and Causal theory and
Prolegomena for a summary of Malcoms misunderstanding Moore! Grice manages to
quote from Stouts Voluntary action and Brecht. And he notes that not all
speakers are as sensitive as they should be (e.g. distinguishing modes, as
realised by shall vs. will). He emphasizes the fact that Prichard has to be
given great credit for seeing that the accurate specification of willing should
be willing that and not willing to. Grice is especially interested in proving
Stoutians (like Hampshire and Hart) wrong by drawing from Aristotles
prohairesis-doxa distinction, or in his parlance, the buletic-doxastic
distinction. Grice quotes from Aristotle. Prohairesis cannot be opinion/doxa.
For opinion is thought to relate to all kinds of things, no less to eternal
things and impossible things than to things in our own power; and it is
distinguished by its falsity or truth, not by its badness or goodness, while
choice is distinguished rather by these. Now with opinion in general perhaps no
one even says it is identical. But it is not identical even with any kind of
opinion; for by choosing or deciding, or prohairesis, what is good or bad we
are men of a certain character, which we are not by holding this or that
opinion or doxa. And we choose to get or avoid something good or bad, but we
have opinions about what a thing is or whom it is good for or how it is good
for him; we can hardly be said to opine to get or avoid anything. And choice is
praised for being related to the right object rather than for being rightly
related to it, opinion for being truly related to its object. And we choose
what we best know to be good, but we opine what we do not quite know; and it is
not the same people that are thought to make the best choices and to have the
best opinions, but some are thought to have fairly good opinions, but by reason
of vice to choose what they should not. If opinion precedes choice or
accompanies it, that makes no difference; for it is not this that we are
considering, but whether it is identical with some kind of opinion. What, then,
or what kind of thing is it, since it is none of the things we have mentioned?
It seems to be voluntary, but not all that is voluntary to be an object of
choice. Is it, then, what has been decided on by previous deliberation? At any
rate choice involves a rational principle and thought. Even the Names seems to
suggest that it is what is chosen before other things. His final analysis of G
intends that p is in terms of, B1, a buletic condition, to the effect that G
wills that p, and D2, an attending doxastic condition, to the effect that G
judges that B1 causes p. Grice ends this essay with a nod to Pears and an open
point about the justifiability (other than evidential) for the acceptability of
the agents deciding and intending versus the evidential justifiability of the
agents predicting that what he intends will be satisfied. It is important to
note that in his earlier Disposition and intention, Grice dedicates the first
part to counterfactual if general. This is a logical point. Then as an account
for a psychological souly concept ψ. If G does A, sensory input, G does B,
behavioural output. No ψ without the behavioural output that ψ is meant to
explain. His problem is with the first person. The functionalist I does not
need a black box. The here would be both
incorrigibility and privileged access. Pology only explains their evolutionary
import. Certum -- Certainty: cf. H. P. Grice, “Intention and uncertainty.” the
property of being certain, which is either a psychological property of persons
or an epistemic feature of proposition-like objects e.g., beliefs, utterances, statements.
We can say that a person, S, is psychologically certain that p where ‘p’ stands
for a proposition provided S has no doubt whatsoever that p is true. Thus, a
person can be certain regardless of the degree of epistemic warrant for a
proposition. In general, philosophers have not found this an interesting
property to explore. The exception is Peter Unger, who argued for skepticism,
claiming that 1 psychological certainty is required for knowledge and 2 no
person is ever certain of anything or hardly anything. As applied to
propositions, ‘certain’ has no univocal use. For example, some authors e.g.,
Chisholm may hold that a proposition is epistemically certain provided no
proposition is more warranted than it. Given that account, it is possible that a
proposition is certain, yet there are legitimate reasons for doubting it just
as long as there are equally good grounds for doubting every equally warranted
proposition. Other philosophers have adopted a Cartesian account of certainty
in which a proposition is epistemically certain provided it is warranted and
there are no legitimate grounds whatsoever for doubting it. Both Chisholm’s and
the Cartesian characterizations of epistemic certainty can be employed to
provide a basis for skepticism. If knowledge entails certainty, then it can be
argued that very little, if anything, is known. For, the argument continues,
only tautologies or propositions like ‘I exist’ or ‘I have beliefs’ are such
that either nothing is more warranted or there are absolutely no grounds for
doubt. Thus, hardly anything is known. Most philosophers have responded either
by denying that ‘certainty’ is an absolute term, i.e., admitting of no degrees,
or by denying that knowledge requires certainty Dewey, Chisholm, Vitters, and
Lehrer. Others have agreed that knowledge does entail absolute certainty, but
have argued that absolute certainty is possible e.g., Moore. Sometimes
‘certain’ is modified by other expressions, as in ‘morally certain’ or
‘metaphysically certain’ or ‘logically certain’. Once again, there is no
universally accepted account of these terms. Typically, however, they are used
to indicate degrees of warrant for a proposition, and often that degree of
warrant is taken to be a function of the type of proposition under consideration.
For example, the proposition that smoking causes cancer is morally certain
provided its warrant is sufficient to justify acting as though it were true.
The evidence for such a proposition may, of necessity, depend upon recognizing
particular features of the world. On the other hand, in order for a
proposition, say that every event has a cause, to be metaphysically certain,
the evidence for it must not depend upon recognizing particular features of the
world but rather upon recognizing what must be true in order for our world to
be the kind of world it is i.e., one
having causal connections. Finally, a proposition, say that every effect has a
cause, may be logically certain if it is derivable from “truths of logic” that
do not depend in any way upon recognizing anything about our world. Since other
taxonomies for these terms are employed by philosophers, it is crucial to
examine the use of the terms in their contexts.
Refs.: The main source is his BA lecture on ‘uncertainty,’ but using the
keyword ‘certainty’ is useful too. His essay on Descartes in WoW is important,
and sources elsehere in the Grice Papers, such as the predecessor to the
“Uncertainty” lecture in “Disposition and intention,” also his discussion of
avowal (vide references above), incorrigibility and privileged access in
“Method,” repr. in “Conception,” BANC
character, mid-14c., carecter,
"symbol marked or branded on the body;" mid-15c., "symbol or
drawing used in sorcery;" late 15c., "alphabetic letter, graphic
symbol standing for a sound or syllable;" from Old French caratere
"feature, character" (13c., Modern French caractère), from Latin
character, from Greek kharaktēr "engraved mark," also "symbol or
imprint on the soul," properly "instrument for marking," from
kharassein "to engrave," from kharax "pointed stake," a
word of uncertain etymology which Beekes considers "most probably
Pre-Greek." The Latin ch- spelling was restored from 1500s.
The meaning of Greek kharaktēr was extended in Hellenistic times by metaphor to
"a defining quality, individual feature." In English, the meaning
"sum of qualities that define a person or thing and distinguish it from
another" is from 1640s. That of "moral qualities assigned to a person
by repute" is from 1712. You remember Eponina, who kept her husband
alive in an underground cavern so devotedly and heroically? The force of
character she showed in keeping up his spirits would have been used to hide a
lover from her husband if they had been living quietly in Rome. Strong
characters need strong nourishment. [Stendhal "de l'Amour,"
1822] Sense of "person in a play or novel" is first attested
1660s, in reference to the "defining qualities" he or she is given by
the author. Meaning "a person" in the abstract is from 1749;
especially "eccentric person" (1773). Colloquial sense of "chap,
fellow" is from 1931. Character-actor, one who specializes in characters
with marked peculiarities, is attested from 1861; character-assassination is
from 1888; character-building (n.) from 1886. -- the comprehensive set
of ethical and intellectual dispositions of a person. Intellectual virtues like carefulness in the evaluation of
evidence promote, for one, the practice
of seeking truth. Moral or ethical virtues
including traits like courage and generosity dispose persons not only to choices and
actions but also to attitudes and emotions. Such dispositions are generally
considered relatively stable and responsive to reasons. Appraisal of character
transcends direct evaluation of particular actions in favor of examination of
some set of virtues or the admirable human life as a whole. On some views this
admirable life grounds the goodness of particular actions. This suggests
seeking guidance from role models, and their practices, rather than relying
exclusively on rules. Role models will, at times, simply perceive the salient
features of a situation and act accordingly. Being guided by role models
requires some recognition of just who should be a role model. One may act out
of character, since dispositions do not automatically produce particular
actions in specific cases. One may also have a conflicted character if the
virtues one’s character comprises contain internal tensions between, say,
tendencies to impartiality and to friendship. The importance of formative
education to the building of character introduces some good fortune into the
acquisition of character. One can have a good character with a disagreeable
personality or have a fine personality with a bad character because personality
is not typically a normative notion, whereas character is.
charron: p., H. P. Grice, “Do not multiply truths beyond
necessity.” theologian who became the principal expositor of Montaigne’s ideas,
presenting them in didactic form. His first work, The Three Truths 1595,
presented a negative argument for Catholicism by offering a skeptical challenge
to atheism, nonChristian religions, and Calvinism. He argued that we cannot
know or understand God because of His infinitude and the weakness of our
faculties. We can have no good reasons for rejecting Christianity or
Catholicism. Therefore, we should accept it on faith alone. His second work, On
Wisdom 1603, is a systematic presentation of Pyrrhonian skepticism coupled with
a fideistic defense of Catholicism. The skepticism of Montaigne and the Grecian
skeptics is used to show that we cannot know anything unless God reveals it to
us. This is followed by offering an ethics to live by, an undogmatic version of
Stoicism. This is the first modern presentation of a morality apart from any
religious considerations. Charron’s On Wisdom was extremely popular in France
and England. It was read and used by many philosophers and theologians during
the seventeenth century. Some claimed that his skepticism opened his defense of
Catholicism to question, and suggested that he was insincere in his fideism. He
was defended by important figures in the
Catholic church.
chiliagon: referred to by Grice in “Some remarks about the
senses.’ In geometry, a chiliagon, or 1000-gon is a polygon with 1,000 sides. Philosophers commonly refer to chiliagons
to illustrate ideas about the nature and workings of thought, meaning, and
mental representation. A chiliagon is a regular
chiliagon Polygon 1000.svg A regular chiliagon Type Regular polygon Edges and
vertices 1000 Schläfli symbol {1000}, t{500}, tt{250}, ttt{125} Coxeter diagram
CDel node 1.pngCDel 10.pngCDel 0x.pngCDel 0x.pngCDel node.png CDel node
1.pngCDel 5.pngCDel 0x.pngCDel 0x.pngCDel node 1.png Symmetry group Dihedral
(D1000), order 2×1000 Internal angle (degrees) 179.64° Dual polygon Self
Properties Convex, cyclic, equilateral, isogonal, isotoxal A whole
regular chiliagon is not visually discernible from a circle. The lower section
is a portion of a regular chiliagon, 200 times as large as the smaller one,
with the vertices highlighted. In geometry, a chiliagon (/ˈkɪliəɡɒn/) or
1000-gon is a polygon with 1,000 sides. Philosophers commonly refer to
chiliagons to illustrate ideas about the nature and workings of thought,
meaning, and mental representation. Contents 1 Regular chiliagon 2
Philosophical application 3 Symmetry 4 Chiliagram 5 See also 6 References
Regular chiliagon A regular chiliagon is represented by Schläfli symbol {1,000}
and can be constructed as a truncated 500-gon, t{500}, or a twice-truncated
250-gon, tt{250}, or a thrice-truncated 125-gon, ttt{125}. The measure of
each internal angle in a regular chiliagon is 179.64°. The area of a regular
chiliagon with sides of length a is given by {\displaystyle
A=250a^{2}\cot {\frac {\pi }{1000}}\simeq 79577.2\,a^{2}}A=250a^{2}\cot
{\frac {\pi }{1000}}\simeq 79577.2\,a^{2} This result differs from the
area of its circumscribed circle by less than 4 parts per million.
Because 1,000 = 23 × 53, the number of sides is neither a product of distinct
Fermat primes nor a power of two. Thus the regular chiliagon is not a
constructible polygon. Indeed, it is not even constructible with the use of
neusis or an angle trisector, as the number of sides is neither a product of
distinct Pierpont primes, nor a product of powers of two and three.
Philosophical application René Descartes uses the chiliagon as an example in
his Sixth Meditation to demonstrate the difference between pure intellection
and imagination. He says that, when one thinks of a chiliagon, he "does
not imagine the thousand sides or see them as if they were present" before
him – as he does when one imagines a triangle, for example. The imagination
constructs a "confused representation," which is no different from
that which it constructs of a myriagon (a polygon with ten thousand sides).
However, he does clearly understand what a chiliagon is, just as he understands
what a triangle is, and he is able to distinguish it from a myriagon.
Therefore, the intellect is not dependent on imagination, Descartes claims, as
it is able to entertain clear and distinct ideas when imagination is unable to.
Philosopher Pierre Gassendi, a contemporary of Descartes, was critical of this
interpretation, believing that while Descartes could imagine a chiliagon, he
could not understand it: one could "perceive that the word 'chiliagon'
signifies a figure with a thousand angles [but] that is just the meaning of the
term, and it does not follow that you understand the thousand angles of the
figure any better than you imagine them." The example of a chiliagon is
also referenced by other philosophers, such as Immanuel Kant. David Hume points
out that it is "impossible for the eye to determine the angles of a
chiliagon to be equal to 1996 right angles, or make any conjecture, that
approaches this proportion."[4] Gottfried Leibniz comments on a use of the
chiliagon by John Locke, noting that one can have an idea of the polygon
without having an image of it, and thus distinguishing ideas from images. Henri
Poincaré uses the chiliagon as evidence that "intuition is not necessarily
founded on the evidence of the senses" because "we can not represent
to ourselves a chiliagon, and yet we reason by intuition on polygons in
general, which include the chiliagon as a particular case." Inspired by Descartes's chiliagon example,
Grice, R. M. Chisholm and other 20th-century philosophers have used similar
examples to make similar points. Chisholm's ‘speckled hen,’ which need not have
a determinate number of speckles to be successfully imagined, is perhaps the
most famous of these. Symmetry The symmetries of a regular chiliagon.
Light blue lines show subgroups of index 2. The 4 boxed subgraphs are
positionally related by index 5 subgroups. The regular chiliagon has Dih1000
dihedral symmetry, order 2000, represented by 1,000 lines of reflection. Dih100
has 15 dihedral subgroups: Dih500, Dih250, Dih125, Dih200, Dih100, Dih50,
Dih25, Dih40, Dih20, Dih10, Dih5, Dih8, Dih4, Dih2, and Dih1. It also has 16
more cyclic symmetries as subgroups: Z1000, Z500, Z250, Z125, Z200, Z100, Z50,
Z25, Z40, Z20, Z10, Z5, Z8, Z4, Z2, and Z1, with Zn representing π/n radian
rotational symmetry. John Conway labels these lower symmetries with a
letter and order of the symmetry follows the letter.[8] He gives d (diagonal)
with mirror lines through vertices, p with mirror lines through edges
(perpendicular), i with mirror lines through both vertices and edges, and g for
rotational symmetry. a1 labels no symmetry. These lower symmetries allow
degrees of freedom in defining irregular chiliagons. Only the g1000 subgroup
has no degrees of freedom but can be seen as directed edges. Chiliagram A
chiliagram is a 1,000-sided star polygon. There are 199 regular forms[9] given
by Schläfli symbols of the form {1000/n}, where n is an integer between 2 and
500 that is coprime to 1,000. There are also 300 regular star figures in the
remaining cases. For example, the regular {1000/499} star polygon is
constructed by 1000 nearly radial edges. Each star vertex has an internal angle
of 0.36 degrees.[10] {1000/499} Star polygon 1000-499.svg Star polygon
1000-499 center.png Central area with moiré patterns See also Myriagon Megagon
Philosophy of Mind Philosophy of Language References Meditation VI by
Descartes (English translation). Sepkoski, David (2005). "Nominalism
and constructivism in seventeenth-century mathematical philosophy".
Historia Mathematica. 32: 33–59. doi:10.1016/j.hm.2003.09.002. Immanuel
Kant, "On a Discovery," trans. Henry Allison, in Theoretical
Philosophy After 1791, ed. Henry Allison and Peter Heath, Cambridge UP, 2002
[Akademie 8:121]. Kant does not actually use a chiliagon as his example, instead
using a 96-sided figure, but he is responding to the same question raised by
Descartes. David Hume, The Philosophical Works of David Hume, Volume 1,
Black and Tait, 1826, p. 101. Jonathan Francis Bennett (2001), Learning
from Six Philosophers: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume,
Volume 2, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0198250924, p. 53. Henri Poincaré
(1900) "Intuition and Logic in Mathematics" in William Bragg Ewald
(ed) From Kant to Hilbert: A Source Book in the Foundations of Mathematics,
Volume 2, Oxford University Press, 2007, ISBN 0198505361, p. 1015.
Roderick Chisholm, "The Problem of the Speckled Hen", Mind 51 (1942):
pp. 368–373. "These problems are all descendants of Descartes's
'chiliagon' argument in the sixth of his Meditations" (Joseph Heath,
Following the Rules: Practical Reasoning and Deontic Constraint, Oxford: OUP,
2008, p. 305, note 15). The Symmetries of Things, Chapter 20 199 =
500 cases − 1 (convex) − 100 (multiples of 5) − 250 (multiples of 2) + 50
(multiples of 2 and 5) 0.36 = 180 (1 - 2 /(1000 / 499) ) = 180 ( 1 – 998 /
1000 ) = 180 ( 2 / 1000 ) = 180 / 500 chiliagon vte Polygons (List) Triangles
Acute Equilateral Ideal IsoscelesObtuseRight Quadrilaterals Antiparallelogram Bicentric
CyclicEquidiagonalEx-tangentialHarmonic Isosceles
trapezoidKiteLambertOrthodiagonal Parallelogram Rectangle Right kite Rhombus Saccheri
SquareTangentialTangential trapezoidTrapezoid By number of sides Monogon
(1) Digon (2) Triangle (3) Quadrilateral (4) Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6) Heptagon
(7) Octagon (8) Nonagon (Enneagon, 9) Decagon (10) Hendecagon (11) Dodecagon
(12) Tridecagon (13) Tetradecagon (14) Pentadecagon (15) Hexadecagon (16) Heptadecagon
(17) Octadecagon (18) Enneadecagon (19)Icosagon (20)Icosihenagon [de]
(21)Icosidigon (22) Icositetragon (24) Icosihexagon (26) Icosioctagon (28) Triacontagon
(30) Triacontadigon (32) Triacontatetragon (34) Tetracontagon (40) Tetracontadigon
(42)Tetracontaoctagon (48)Pentacontagon (50) Pentacontahenagon [de] (51) Hexacontagon
(60) Hexacontatetragon (64) Heptacontagon (70)Octacontagon (80) Enneacontagon
(90) Enneacontahexagon (96) Hectogon (100) 120-gon257-gon360-gonChiliagon
(1000) Myriagon (10000) 65537-gonMegagon (1000000) 4294967295-gon [ru;
de]Apeirogon (∞) Star polygons Pentagram Hexagram Heptagram Octagram Enneagram Decagram
Hendecagram Dodecagram Classes Concave Convex Cyclic Equiangular Equilateral Isogonal
Isotoxal Pseudotriangle Regular Simple SkewStar-shaped Tangential Categories:
Polygons1000 (number).
choice, v. rational choice. choice sequence, a variety of
infinite sequence introduced by L. E. J. Brouwer to express the non-classical
properties of the continuum the set of real numbers within intuitionism. A
choice sequence is determined by a finite initial segment together with a
“rule” for continuing the sequence. The rule, however, may allow some freedom
in choosing each subsequent element. Thus the sequence might start with the
rational numbers 0 and then ½, and the rule might require the n ! 1st element
to be some rational number within ½n of the nth choice, without any further
restriction. The sequence of rationals thus generated must converge to a real
number, r. But r’s definition leaves open its exact location in the continuum.
Speaking intuitionistically, r violates the classical law of trichotomy: given
any pair of real numbers e.g., r and ½, the first is either less than, equal
to, or greater than the second. From the 0s Brouwer got this non-classical effect
without appealing to the apparently nonmathematical notion of free choice.
Instead he used sequences generated by the activity of an idealized
mathematician the creating subject, together with propositions that he took to
be undecided. Given such a proposition, P
e.g. Fermat’s last theorem that for n
2 there is no general method of finding triplets of numbers with the
property that the sum of each of the first two raised to the nth power is equal
to the result of raising the third to the nth power or Goldbach’s conjecture
that every even number is the sum of two prime numbers we can modify the definition of r: The n !
1st element is ½ if at the nth stage of research P remains undecided. That
element and all its successors are ½ ! ½n if by that stage P is proved; they
are ½ † ½n if P is refuted. Since he held that there is an endless supply of
such propositions, Brouwer believed that we can always use this method to
refute classical laws. In the early 0s Stephen Kleene and Richard Vesley
reproduced some main parts of Brouwer’s theory of the continuum in a formal
system based on Kleene’s earlier recursion-theoretic interpretation of
intuitionism and of choice sequences. At about the same time but in a different and occasionally
incompatible vein Saul Kripke formally
captured the power of Brouwer’s counterexamples without recourse to recursive
functions and without invoking either the creating subject or the notion of
free choice. Subsequently Georg Kreisel, A. N. Troelstra, Dirk Van Dalen, and
others produced formal systems that analyze Brouwer’s basic assumptions about
open-futured objects like choice sequences.
Church’s
thesis, thesis, proposed by A. Church
at a meeting of the Mathematical Society
“that the notion of an effectively calculable function of positive integers
should be identified with that of a recursive function. . . .” This proposal
has been called Church’s thesis since Kleene uses that name in his Introduction
to Metamathematics. The informal notion of an effectively calculable function
effective procedure, or algorithm had been used in mathematics and logic to
indicate that a class of problems is solvable in a “mechanical fashion” by
following fixed elementary rules. Underlying epistemological concerns came to
the fore when modern logic moved in the late nineteenth century from axiomatic
to formal presentations of theories. Hilbert suggested in 4 that such formally
presented theories be taken as objects of mathematical study, and
metamathematics has been pursued vigorously and systematically since the 0s. In
its pursuit, concrete issues arose that required for their resolution a
delimitation of the class of effective procedures. Hilbert’s important
Entscheidungsproblem, the decision problem for predicate logic, was one such
issue. It was solved negatively by Church and Turing relative to the precise notion of
recursiveness; the result was obtained independently by Church and Turing, but
is usually called Church’s theorem. A second significant issue was the general
formulation of the incompleteness theorems as applying to all formal theories
satisfying the usual representability and derivability conditions, not just to
specific formal systems like that of Principia Mathematica. According to
Kleene, Church proposed in 3 the identification of effective calculability with
l-definability. That proposal was not published at the time, but in 4 Church
mentioned it in conversation to Gödel, who judged it to be “thoroughly
unsatisfactory.” In his Princeton Lectures of 4, Gödel defined the concept of a
recursive function, but he was not convinced that all effectively calculable
functions would fall under it. The proof of the equivalence between
l-definability and recursiveness by Church and Kleene led to Church’s first
published formulation of the thesis as quoted above. The thesis was reiterated
in Church’s “An Unsolvable Problem of Elementary Number Theory” 6. Turing
introduced, in “On Computable Numbers, with an Application to the
Entscheidungsproblem” 6, a notion of computability by machines and maintained
that it captures effective calculability exactly. Post’s paper “Finite
Combinatory Processes, Formulation 1” 6 contains a model of computation that is
strikingly similar to Turing’s. However, Post did not provide any analysis; he
suggested considering the identification of effective calculability with his
concept as a working hypothesis that should be verified by investigating ever
wider formulations and reducing them to his basic formulation. The classic
papers of Gödel, Church, Turing, Post, and Kleene are all reprinted in Davis,
ed., The Undecidable, 5. In his 6 paper Church gave one central reason for the
proposed identification, namely that other plausible explications of the
informal notion lead to mathematical concepts weaker than or equivalent to
recursiveness. Two paradigmatic explications, calculability of a function via
algorithms or in a logic, were considered by Church. In either case, the steps
taken in determining function values have to be effective; and if the
effectiveness of steps is, as Church put it, interpreted to mean recursiveness,
then the function is recursive. The fundamental interpretative difficulty in
Church’s “step-by-step argument” which was turned into one of the
“recursiveness conditions” Hilbert and Bernays used in their 9 characterization
of functions that can be evaluated according to rules was bypassed by Turing.
Analyzing human mechanical computations, Turing was led to finiteness
conditions that are motivated by the human computer’s sensory limitations, but
are ultimately based on memory limitations. Then he showed that any function
calculable by a human computer satisfying these conditions is also computable
by one of his machines. Both Church and Gödel found Turing’s analysis
convincing; indeed, Church wrote in a 7 review of Turing’s paper that Turing’s
notion makes “the identification with effectiveness in the ordinary not
explicitly defined sense evident immediately.” This reflective work of partly
philosophical and partly mathematical character provides one of the fundamental
notions in mathematical logic. Indeed, its proper understanding is crucial for
judging the philosophical significance of central metamathematical results like Gödel’s incompleteness theorems or Church’s
theorem. The work is also crucial for computer science, artificial
intelligence, and cognitive psychology, providing in these fields a basic
theoretical notion. For example, Church’s thesis is the cornerstone for Newell
and Simon’s delimitation of the class of physical symbol systems, i.e.
universal machines with a particular architecture; see Newell’s Physical Symbol
Systems 0. Newell views the delimitation “as the most fundamental contribution
of artificial intelligence and computer science to the joint enterprise of
cognitive science.” In a turn that had been taken by Turing in “Intelligent
Machinery” 8 and “Computing Machinery and Intelligence” 0, Newell points out
the basic role physical symbol systems take on in the study of the human mind:
“the hypothesis is that humans are instances of physical symbol systems, and,
by virtue of this, mind enters into the physical universe. . . . this
hypothesis sets the terms on which we search for a scientific theory of
mind.”
No comments:
Post a Comment